Canalis KTA 800-4000A - 2011 - EN

Low voltage
Canalis KTA
800 - 4000 A
Busbar trunking systems
Aluminium
Catalogue
2011
YFJYVIIVGIT
6FKQHLGHU(OHF ULF
)55(9$
Contents
DEBU021EN_Contents.indd
Index
Introduction
3
19
Presentation and description
37
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
65
Design guide
135
Design and installation guide
173
Recommandations
233
version: 1.1
version: 1.1
DEBU021EN_Contents.indd
Index of catalogue numbers
Index
Cat. no.
03000
03561
04000
Designations
CANALIS SUPPORT
Pages
79
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
87816
DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

3200A 4P TDC
80
87817

4000A 3P TDC
80
04694
CONNECTION SUPPORT, 115 MM BETWEEN 79

CENTRES
87818
80
04703
CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 3P
78

4000A 4P TDC
04704
CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 4P
78
87821

800/1600A 3P RC
80
04711
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P
79
87822

800/1600A 4P RC
80
04712
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P
79
87823

2000/2500A 3P RC
80
04713
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P
79
87824

2000/2500A 4P RC
80
04714
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P
79
87825

3200A 3P RC
80
04715
CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 3P
78
87826
78

3200A 4P RC
80
04716
04725
78
87827
80
04726
78

4000A 3P RC
04735
78
87828
80
04736
78

4000A 4P RC
04737
78
04738
78
04851
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

VERTICAL FIXED NS1600
79
04852
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

VERTICAL FIXED NS1600-NT
79
04853
KH0
KH010SD85
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 100 127

T00
KH016CB
CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD
130
KH016CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD
130
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79

FIXED NS1600
KH018CB
130
04854
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79

FIXED NS1600-NT
130
KH018CB86NS
131
04861
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR NW
79
CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB

NS1000
04863
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR NW
79
KH025SB131
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N1
130
04871
CANALIS COVER
79
KH025SB132
130
KH025SB141
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N1
130
KH025SB142
130
KH025SD14
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 250 T2
126
KH025SD15
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 250 T2
126
KH025SD541
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX250
125
KH025SD542
125
KH025SD551
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250
125
KH025SD552
125
KH025SD85

T1
KH025SE341
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES 250

T1
129
KH025SE351
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 250

T1
129
KH025ZA05
CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH025SE
129
KH026CB
130
130
KH028CB86NS

NS1000
131
KH036CB
08000
08903
12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM,

W=432 MM
112
08905

W=180 MM
112
08907

W=650 MM
112
13000
13940
30000
BLANKING PLATES, SET OF 10X5 MODULES 112

FORR KAEDRA
33596
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 3P
78
33597
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 4P
78
40000
47335
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 3P
78
47336
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 4P
78
80000
130
130
KH038CB86NS

NS1000
131
KH040SD85

T2
KH040SD9502
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 400 T2 128
KH040SE341
129
KH040ZA05

T2
T2
CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH040SE
129
KH046CB
87800
DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

800/4000A TDC
81
87801
DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

800/3200A RC
81
87811

800/1600A 3P TDC
80
87812

800/1600A 4P TDC
80
87813

2000/2500A 3P TDC
80
87814

2000/2500A 4P TDC
80
KH040ZA06
130
87815

3200A 3P TDC
80
130
DEBU021EN_Index.indd
KH040SE351
version: 1.1
129
129
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KH048CB86NS

NS1000
131
KSB160SM513
TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A
104
130
KSB250DC4
TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS
105
KH056CB
KH056CB311571 CANAL ELEC EQUIP ECLIS COF 1000A
130
KH058CB86NS

NS1000
131
KH063SB131
130
KH063SB132
130
KH063SB141
130
KH063SB142
130
KH063SD14
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 630 T3
126
KH063SD15
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 630 T3
126
KH063SD541
125
KH063SD542
125
KH063SD551
125
KH063SD552
125
KH063SD85

T3
KH063SD9502
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 630 T3 128
KH063SE341

T3
129

T3
129
KH063ZA03
EXTENDED REMOTE HANDLE FOR TOU

FUPACT KH0XXSE3X1
129
KH063ZA05
129
KH063ZA06
CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH063SE
129
KH063ZA10
CABLE GLAND 185 A 240 MM2
129
KH086SB131
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N1
130
KH086SB132
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N2
130
KH086SB141
130
KH086SB142
130
KH086SB5311
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N1
131
KH086SB5312
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N2
131
KH086SB5411
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N1
131
KH086SB5412
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N2
131
KH063SE351
KSB
KSB25SD4
TAP-OFF UNIT 25 A FUSE E27
109
KSB25SD5
109
KSB32SG4
CONNECTOR 32 A FUSE BS88A1
111
KSB50SF4
TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE 14X51
107
KSB50SF5
107
KSB50SN4
109
KSB50SN5
109
KSB63SD4
109
KSB63SD5
109
KSB63SM48
TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A 8 MODULES
103
KSB63SM58
103
KSB80SG4
TAP-OFF UNIT 80 A FUSE BS88A1
111
KSB100SE4
TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A FUSE T00
108, 110
KSB100SE5
108, 110
KSB100SF4
107
KSB100SF5
107
KSB100SM412
103
KSB100SM512
103
KSB160DC4
105
KSB160DC5
105
KSB160SE4
108, 110
KSB160SE5
108, 110
KSB160SF4
108
KSB160SF5
108
KSB160SG4
TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE BS88
111
KSB160SM413
TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A
104
KSB250DC4TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS TRE
106
KSB250DC5
105
106
KSB250SE4
108, 110
KSB250SE5
108, 110
KSB400DC4
105
106
KSB400DC5
105
106
KSB400SE4
108, 110
KSB400SE5
108, 110
KSB400ZC1
TAP-OFF UNIT DOOR MICROSWITCH 400 A
112
KTA0800CP31
KT 3X800AL FLAT EDGEWISE N1
77
KTA0800CP32
77
KTA0800CP33
77
KTA0800CP34
77
KTA0800CP41
77
KTA0800CP42
77
KTA0800CP43
77
KTA0800CP44
77
KTA0800CP51
77
KTA0800CP52
77
KTA0800CP53
77
KTA0800CP54
77
KTA0800CP71
77
KTA0800CP72
77
KTA0800CP73
77
KTA0800CP74
77
KTA0800DB310
KT 3X800AL EXPANSION UNIT
71
KTA0800DB410
67
KTA0800DB510
67
KTA0800DB710
67
KTA0800EB320
KT 3X800AL BOLT ON LENGTH 2M
69
KTA0800EB340
69
KTA0800EB420
69
KTA0800EB440
69
KTA0800EB520
69
KTA0800EB540
69
KTA0800EB720
69
KTA0800EB740
69
KTA0800ED320
KT 3X800AL PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M
68
KTA0800ED340
68
KTA0800ED420
68
KTA0800ED440
68
KTA0800ED520
68
KTA0800ED540
68
KTA0800ED720
68
KTA0800ED740
68
KTA0800EH320
KT 3X800AL KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M
70
KTA0800EH340
70
KTA0800EH420
70
KTA0800EH440
70
KTA0800EH520
70
KTA0800EH540
70
KTA0800EH720
70
KTA0800EH740
70
KTA0800EL31
KT 3X800AL FEED UNIT EL N1
90
KTA0800EL32
90
KTA0800EL33
91
KTA0800
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA0800EL34
91
KTA0800ET71A
KT 5X800AL FEEDER LENGTH
68
KTA0800EL35
92
KTA0800ET720
KT 5X800AL FEEDER LENGTH 2M
68
KTA0800EL41
90
KTA0800ET72B
68
KTA0800EL42
90
KTA0800ET72C
68
KTA0800EL43
91
KTA0800ET73D
68
KTA0800EL44
91
KTA0800ET740
68
KTA0800EL45
92
KTA0800LC3A
KT 3X800AL EDGEWISE ELBOW
74
KTA0800EL51
90
KTA0800LC3B
74
KTA0800EL52
90
KTA0800LC4A
74
KTA0800EL53
91
KTA0800LC4B
74
KTA0800EL54
91
KTA0800LC5A
74
KTA0800EL55
92
KTA0800LC5B
74
KTA0800EL71
90
KTA0800LC7A
74
KTA0800EL72
90
KTA0800LC7B
74
KTA0800EL73
91
KTA0800LP3A1
KT 3X800AL FLAT ELBOW N1
73
KTA0800EL74
91
KTA0800LP3A2
73
KTA0800EL75
92
KTA0800LP3B1
73
KTA0800ER31
KT 3X800AL FEED UNIT ER N1
82
KTA0800LP3B2
73
KTA0800ER32
82
KTA0800LP3C1
73
KTA0800ER33
83
KTA0800LP3C1
73
KTA0800ER34
83
KTA0800LP3C2
73
KTA0800ER35
84
KTA0800LP4A1
73
KTA0800ER36
84
KTA0800LP4A2
73
KTA0800ER37
85
KTA0800LP4B1
73
KTA0800ER41
82
KTA0800LP4B2
73
KTA0800ER42
82
KTA0800LP4C1
73
KTA0800ER43
83
KTA0800LP4C2
73
KTA0800ER44
83
KTA0800LP5A1
73
KTA0800ER45
84
KTA0800LP5A2
73
KTA0800ER46
84
KTA0800LP5B1
73
KTA0800ER47
85
KTA0800LP5B2
73
KTA0800ER51
82
KTA0800LP5C1
73
KTA0800ER52
82
KTA0800LP5C2
73
KTA0800ER53
83
KTA0800LP7A1
73
KTA0800ER54
83
KTA0800LP7A2
73
KTA0800ER55
84
KTA0800LP7B1
73
KTA0800ER56
84
KTA0800LP7B2
73
KTA0800ER57
85
KTA0800LP7C1
73
KTA0800ER71
82
KTA0800LP7C2
73
KTA0800ER72
82
KTA0800TC3
KT 3X800AL TEE ON EDGE
75
KTA0800ER73
83
KTA0800TC4
75
KTA0800ER74
83
KTA0800TC5
75
KTA0800ER75
84
KTA0800TC7
75
KTA0800ER76
84
KTA0800TN410
KT 4X800AL NEUTRAL PERMUTA
71
KTA0800ER77
85
KTA0800TP410
KT 4X800AL PHASES PERMUTA
71
KTA0800ET31A
68
KTA0800YA3
KT 3X800AL JUNCTION BLOC
72
KTA0800ET320
68
KTA0800YA4
72
KTA0800ET32B
68
KTA0800ZC31
KT 3X800AL EDGEWISE ZED N1
76
KTA0800ET32C
68
KTA0800ZC32
76
KTA0800ET33D
68
KTA0800ZC41
76
KTA0800ET340
68
KTA0800ZC42
76
KTA0800ET41A
68
KTA0800ZC51
76
KTA0800ET420
68
KTA0800ZC52
76
KTA0800ET42B
68
KTA0800ZC71
76
KTA0800ET42C
68
KTA0800ZC72
76
KTA0800ET43D
68
KTA0800ZP3
KT 3X800AL ZED ON FLAT
76
KTA0800ET440
68
KTA0800ZP4
76
KTA0800ET51A
68
KTA0800ZP5
76
KTA0800ET520
68
KTA0800ZP7
76
KTA0800ET52B
68
KTA0800ET52C
68
KTA0800ET53D
68
KTA0800ET540
68
KTA1000CP31
77
KTA1000CP32
77
KTA1000
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA1000CP33
77
KTA1000ER32
82
KTA1000CP34
77
KTA1000ER33
83
KTA1000CP41
77
KTA1000ER34
83
KTA1000CP42
77
KTA1000ER35
84
KTA1000CP43
77
KTA1000ER36
84
KTA1000CP44
77
KTA1000ER37
85
KTA1000CP51
77
KTA1000ER41
82
KTA1000CP52
77
KTA1000ER42
82
KTA1000CP53
77
KTA1000ER43
83
KTA1000CP54
77
KTA1000ER44
83
KTA1000CP71
77
KTA1000ER45
84
KTA1000CP72
77
KTA1000ER46
84
KTA1000CP73
77
KTA1000ER47
85
KTA1000CP74
77
KTA1000ER51
82
KTA1000DB310
71
KTA1000ER52
82
KTA1000DB410
71
KTA1000ER53
83
KTA1000DB510
71
KTA1000ER54
83
KTA1000DB710
71
KTA1000ER55
84
KTA1000EB320
69
KTA1000ER56
84
KTA1000EB340
69
KTA1000ER57
85
KTA1000EB420
69
KTA1000ER71
82
KTA1000EB440
69
KTA1000ER72
82
KTA1000EB520
69
KTA1000ER73
83
KTA1000EB540
69
KTA1000ER74
83
KTA1000EB720
69
KTA1000ER75
84
KTA1000EB740
69
KTA1000ER76
84
KTA1000ED320
68
KTA1000ER77
85
KTA1000ED340
68
KTA1000ET31A
68
KTA1000ED420
68
KTA1000ET320
68
KTA1000ED440
68
KTA1000ET32B
68
KTA1000ED520
68
KTA1000ET32C
68
KTA1000ED540
68
KTA1000ET33D
68
KTA1000ED720
68
KTA1000ET340
68
KTA1000ED740
68
KTA1000ET41A
68
KTA1000EH320
70
KTA1000ET420
68
KTA1000EH340
70
KTA1000ET42B
68
KTA1000EH420
70
KTA1000ET42C
68
KTA1000EH440
70
KTA1000ET43D
68
KTA1000EH520
5X1000AL KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M
70
KTA1000ET440
68
KTA1000EH540
70
KTA1000ET51A
68
KTA1000EH720
70
KTA1000ET520
68
KTA1000EH740
70
KTA1000ET52B
68
KTA1000EL31
90
KTA1000ET52C
68
KTA1000EL32
90
KTA1000ET53D
68
KTA1000EL33
91
KTA1000ET540
68
KTA1000EL34
91
KTA1000ET71A
68
KTA1000EL35
92
KTA1000ET720
68
KTA1000EL41
90
KTA1000ET72B
68
KTA1000EL42
90
KTA1000ET72C
68
KTA1000EL43
91
KTA1000ET73D
68
KTA1000EL44
91
KTA1000ET740
68
KTA1000EL45
92
KTA1000LC3A
74
KTA1000EL51
90
KTA1000LC3B
74
KTA1000EL52
90
KTA1000LC4A
74
KTA1000EL53
91
KTA1000LC4B
74
KTA1000EL54
91
KTA1000LC5A
74
KTA1000EL55
92
KTA1000LC5B
74
KTA1000EL71
90
KTA1000LC7A
74
KTA1000EL72
90
KTA1000LC7B
74
KTA1000EL73
91
KTA1000LP3A1
73
KTA1000EL74
91
KTA1000LP3A2
73
KTA1000EL75
92
KTA1000LP3B1
73
KTA1000ER31
82
KTA1000LP3B2
73
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA1000LP3C1
73
KTA1250CP71
77
KTA1000LP3C1
73
KTA1250CP72
77
KTA1000LP3C2
73
KTA1250CP73
77
KTA1000LP4A1
73
KTA1250CP74
77
KTA1000LP4A2
73
KTA1250DB310
71
KTA1000LP4B1
73
KTA1250DB410
71
KTA1000LP4B2
73
KTA1250DB510
71
KTA1000LP4C1
73
KTA1250DB710
71
KTA1000LP4C2
73
KTA1250EB320
69
KTA1000LP5A1
73
KTA1250EB340
69
KTA1000LP5A2
73
KTA1250EB420
69
KTA1000LP5B1
73
KTA1250EB440
69
KTA1000LP5B2
73
KTA1250EB520
69
KTA1000LP5C1
73
KTA1250EB540
69
KTA1000LP5C2
73
KTA1250EB720
69
KTA1000LP7A1
73
KTA1250EB740
69
KTA1000LP7A2
73
KTA1250ED320
68
KTA1000LP7B1
73
KTA1250ED340
68
KTA1000LP7B2
73
KTA1250ED420
68
KTA1000LP7C1
73
KTA1250ED440
68
KTA1000LP7C2
73
KTA1250ED520
68
KTA1000PL31
KT 3X1000AL LINE PROTECTOR NS
118
KTA1250ED540
68
KTA1000PL41
118
KTA1250ED720
68
KTA1000PL51
118
KTA1250ED740
68
KTA1000PL71
118
KTA1250EH320
70
KTA1000SL31
KT 3X1000AL ISOLATOR UNIT NA
115
KTA1250EH340
70
KTA1000SL41
115
KTA1250EH420
70
KTA1000SL51
115
KTA1250EH440
70
KTA1000SL71
115
KTA1250EH520
70
KTA1000TC3
75
KTA1250EH540
70
KTA1000TC4
75
KTA1250EH720
70
KTA1000TC5
75
KTA1250EH740
70
KTA1000TC7
75
KTA1250EL31
90
KTA1000TN410
71
KTA1250EL32
90
KTA1000TP410
71
KTA1250EL33
91
KTA1000YA3
72
KTA1250EL34
91
KTA1000YA4
72
KTA1250EL35
92
KTA1000ZC31
76
KTA1250EL41
90
KTA1000ZC32
76
KTA1250EL42
90
KTA1000ZC41
76
KTA1250EL43
91
KTA1000ZC42
76
KTA1250EL44
91
KTA1000ZC51
76
KTA1250EL45
92
KTA1000ZC52
76
KTA1250EL51
90
KTA1000ZC71
76
KTA1250EL52
90
KTA1000ZC72
76
KTA1250EL53
91
KTA1000ZP3
76
KTA1250EL54
91
KTA1000ZP4
76
KTA1250EL55
92
KTA1000ZP5
76
KTA1250EL71
90
KTA1000ZP7
76
KTA1250EL72
90
KTA1250EL73
91
KTA1250EL74
91
KTA1250EL75
92
KTA1250ER31
82
KTA1250ER32
82
KTA1250ER33
83
KTA1250ER34
83
KTA1250ER35
84
KTA1250ER36
84
KTA1250ER37
85
KTA1250ER41
82
KTA1250ER42
82
KTA1250ER43
83
KTA1250ER44
83
KTA1250
KTA1250CP31
77
KTA1250CP32
77
KTA1250CP33
77
KTA1250CP34
77
KTA1250CP41
77
KTA1250CP42
77
KTA1250CP43
77
KTA1250CP44
77
KTA1250CP51
77
KTA1250CP52
77
KTA1250CP53
77
KTA1250CP54
77
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA1250ER45
84
KTA1250LP5A2
73
KTA1250ER46
84
KTA1250LP5B1
73
KTA1250ER47
85
KTA1250LP5B2
73
KTA1250ER51
82
KTA1250LP5C1
73
KTA1250ER52
82
KTA1250LP5C2
73
KTA1250ER53
83
KTA1250LP7A1
73
KTA1250ER54
83
KTA1250LP7A2
73
KTA1250ER55
84
KTA1250LP7B1
73
KTA1250ER56
84
KTA1250LP7B2
73
KTA1250ER57
85
KTA1250LP7C1
73
KTA1250ER71
82
KTA1250LP7C2
73
KTA1250ER72
82
KTA1250PL31
118
KTA1250ER73
83
KTA1250PL41
118
KTA1250ER74
83
KTA1250PL51
118
KTA1250ER75
84
KTA1250PL71
118
KTA1250ER76
84
KTA1250SL31
115
KTA1250ER77
85
KTA1250SL41
115
KTA1250ET31A
68
KTA1250SL51
115
KTA1250ET320
68
KTA1250SL71
115
KTA1250ET32B
68
KTA1250TC3
75
KTA1250ET32C
68
KTA1250TC4
75
KTA1250ET33D
68
KTA1250TC5
75
KTA1250ET340
68
KTA1250TC7
75
KTA1250ET41A
68
KTA1250TN410
71
KTA1250ET420
68
KTA1250TP410
71
KTA1250ET42B
68
KTA1250YA3
72
KTA1250ET42C
68
KTA1250YA4
72
KTA1250ET43D
68
KTA1250ZC31
76
KTA1250ET440
68
KTA1250ZC32
76
KTA1250ET51A
68
KTA1250ZC41
76
KTA1250ET520
68
KTA1250ZC42
76
KTA1250ET52B
68
KTA1250ZC51
76
KTA1250ET52C
68
KTA1250ZC52
76
KTA1250ET53D
68
KTA1250ZC71
76
KTA1250ET540
68
KTA1250ZC72
76
KTA1250ET71A
68
KTA1250ZP3
76
KTA1250ET720
68
KTA1250ZP4
76
KTA1250ET72B
68
KTA1250ZP5
76
KTA1250ET72C
68
KTA1250ZP7
76
KTA1250ET73D
68
KTA1250ET740
68
KTA1250LC3A
74
KTA1250LC3B
74
KTA1600CP31
77
KTA1250LC4A
74
KTA1600CP32
77
KTA1250LC4B
74
KTA1600CP33
77
KTA1250LC5A
74
KTA1600CP34
77
KTA1250LC5B
74
KTA1600CP41
77
KTA1250LC7A
74
KTA1600CP42
77
KTA1250LC7B
74
KTA1600CP43
77
KTA1250LP3A1
73
KTA1600CP44
77
KTA1250LP3A2
73
KTA1600CP51
77
KTA1250LP3B1
73
KTA1600CP52
77
KTA1250LP3B2
73
KTA1600CP53
77
KTA1250LP3C1
73
KTA1600CP54
77
KTA1250LP3C1
73
KTA1600CP71
77
KTA1250LP3C2
73
KTA1600CP72
77
KTA1250LP4A1
73
KTA1600CP73
77
KTA1250LP4A2
73
KTA1600CP74
77
KTA1250LP4B1
73
KTA1600DB310
71
KTA1250LP4B2
73
KTA1600DB410
71
KTA1250LP4C1
73
KTA1600DB510
71
KTA1250LP4C2
73
KTA1600DB710
71
KTA1250LP5A1
73
KTA1600EB320
69
KTA1600EB340
69
KTA1600
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA1600EB420
69
KTA1600ER71
82
KTA1600EB440
69
KTA1600ER72
82
KTA1600EB520
69
KTA1600ER73
83
KTA1600EB540
69
KTA1600ER74
83
KTA1600EB720
69
KTA1600ER75
84
KTA1600EB740
69
KTA1600ER76
84
KTA1600ED320
68
KTA1600ER77
85
KTA1600ED340
68
KTA1600ET31A
68
KTA1600ED420
68
KTA1600ET320
68
KTA1600ED440
68
KTA1600ET32B
68
KTA1600ED520
68
KTA1600ET32C
68
KTA1600ED540
68
KTA1600ET33D
68
KTA1600ED720
68
KTA1600ET340
68
KTA1600ED740
68
KTA1600ET41A
68
KTA1600EH320
70
KTA1600ET420
68
KTA1600EH340
70
KTA1600ET42B
68
KTA1600EH420
70
KTA1600ET42C
68
KTA1600EH440
70
KTA1600ET43D
68
KTA1600EH520
70
KTA1600ET440
68
KTA1600EH540
70
KTA1600ET51A
68
KTA1600EH720
70
KTA1600ET520
68
KTA1600EH740
70
KTA1600ET52B
68
KTA1600EL31
90
KTA1600ET52C
68
KTA1600EL32
90
KTA1600ET53D
68
KTA1600EL33
91
KTA1600ET540
68
KTA1600EL34
91
KTA1600ET71A
68
KTA1600EL35
92
KTA1600ET720
68
KTA1600EL41
91
KTA1600ET72B
68
KTA1600EL42
91
KTA1600ET72C
68
KTA1600EL43
92
KTA1600ET73D
68
KTA1600EL44
92
KTA1600ET740
68
KTA1600EL45
93
KTA1600LC3A
74
KTA1600EL51
91
KTA1600LC3B
74
KTA1600EL52
91
KTA1600LC4A
74
KTA1600EL53
92
KTA1600LC4B
74
KTA1600EL54
92
KTA1600LC5A
74
KTA1600EL55
93
KTA1600LC5B
74
KTA1600EL71
91
KTA1600LC7A
74
KTA1600EL72
91
KTA1600LC7B
74
KTA1600EL73
92
KTA1600LP3A1
73
KTA1600EL74
92
KTA1600LP3A2
73
KTA1600EL75
93
KTA1600LP3B1
73
KTA1600ER31
82
KTA1600LP3B2
73
KTA1600ER32
82
KTA1600LP3C1
73
KTA1600ER33
83
KTA1600LP3C1
73
KTA1600ER34
83
KTA1600LP3C2
73
KTA1600ER35
84
KTA1600LP4A1
73
KTA1600ER36
84
KTA1600LP4A2
73
KTA1600ER37
85
KTA1600LP4B1
73
KTA1600ER41
82
KTA1600LP4B2
73
KTA1600ER42
82
KTA1600LP4C1
73
KTA1600ER43
83
KTA1600LP4C2
73
KTA1600ER44
83
KTA1600LP5A1
73
KTA1600ER45
84
KTA1600LP5A2
73
KTA1600ER46
84
KTA1600LP5B1
73
KTA1600ER47
85
KTA1600LP5B2
73
KTA1600ER51
82
KTA1600LP5C1
73
KTA1600ER52
82
KTA1600LP5C2
73
KTA1600ER53
83
KTA1600LP7A1
73
KTA1600ER54
83
KTA1600LP7A2
73
KTA1600ER55
84
KTA1600LP7B1
73
KTA1600ER56
84
KTA1600LP7B2
73
KTA1600ER57
85
KTA1600LP7C1
73
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA1600LP7C2
73
KTA2000ED520
68
KTA1600PL31
118
KTA2000ED540
68
KTA1600PL41
118
KTA2000ED720
68
KTA1600PL51
118
KTA2000ED740
68
KTA1600PL71
118
KTA2000EH320
70
KTA1600SL31
115
KTA2000EH340
70
KTA1600SL41
115
KTA2000EH420
70
KTA1600SL51
115
KTA2000EH440
70
KTA1600SL71
115
KTA2000EH520
70
KTA1600TC3
75
KTA2000EH540
70
KTA1600TC4
75
KTA2000EH720
70
KTA1600TC5
75
KTA2000EH740
70
KTA1600TC7
75
KTA2000EL31
90
KTA1600TN410
71
KTA2000EL32
90
KTA1600TP410
71
KTA2000EL33
91
KTA1600YA3
72
KTA2000EL34
91
KTA1600YA4
72
KTA2000EL35
92
KTA1600ZC31
76
KTA2000EL41
90
KTA1600ZC32
76
KTA2000EL42
90
KTA1600ZC41
76
KTA2000EL43
91
KTA1600ZC42
76
KTA2000EL44
91
KTA1600ZC51
76
KTA2000EL45
92
KTA1600ZC52
76
KTA2000EL51
90
KTA1600ZC71
76
KTA2000EL52
90
KTA1600ZC72
76
KTA2000EL53
91
KTA1600ZP3
76
KTA2000EL54
91
KTA1600ZP4
76
KTA2000EL55
92
KTA1600ZP5
76
KTA2000EL71
90
KTA1600ZP7
76
KTA2000EL72
90
KTA2000EL73
91
KTA2000EL74
91
KTA2000EL75
92
KTA2000ER31
82
KTA2000ER32
82
KTA2000ER33
83
KTA2000ER34
83
KTA2000ER35
84
KTA2000ER36
84
KTA2000ER37
85
KTA2000ER41
82
KTA2000ER42
82
KTA2000ER43
83
KTA2000ER44
83
KTA2000ER45
84
KTA2000ER46
84
KTA2000ER47
85
KTA2000ER51
82
KTA2000ER52
82
KTA2000ER53
83
KTA2000ER54
83
KTA2000ER55
84
KTA2000ER56
84
KTA2000ER57
85
KTA2000ER71
82
KTA2000ER72
82
KTA2000ER73
83
KTA2000ER74
83
KTA2000ER75
84
KTA2000ER76
84
KTA2000ER77
85
KTA2000ET31A
68
KTA2000ET320
68
KTA2000ET32B
68
KTA2000
KTA2000CP31
77
KTA2000CP32
77
KTA2000CP33
77
KTA2000CP34
77
KTA2000CP41
77
KTA2000CP42
77
KTA2000CP43
77
KTA2000CP44
77
KTA2000CP51
77
KTA2000CP52
77
KTA2000CP53
77
KTA2000CP54
77
KTA2000CP71
77
KTA2000CP72
77
KTA2000CP73
77
KTA2000CP74
77
KTA2000DB310
71
KTA2000DB410
71
KTA2000DB510
71
KTA2000DB710
71
KTA2000EB320
69
KTA2000EB340
69
KTA2000EB420
69
KTA2000EB440
69
KTA2000EB520
69
KTA2000EB540
69
KTA2000EB720
69
KTA2000EB740
69
KTA2000ED320
68
KTA2000ED340
68
KTA2000ED420
68
KTA2000ED440
68
10
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA2000ET32C
68
KTA2000TP410
71
KTA2000ET33D
68
KTA2000YA3
72
KTA2000ET340
68
KTA2000YA4
72
KTA2000ET41A
68
KTA2000ZC31
76
KTA2000ET420
68
KTA2000ZC32
76
KTA2000ET42B
68
KTA2000ZC41
76
KTA2000ET42C
68
KTA2000ZC42
76
KTA2000ET43D
68
KTA2000ZC51
76
KTA2000ET440
68
KTA2000ZC52
76
KTA2000ET51A
68
KTA2000ZC71
76
KTA2000ET520
68
KTA2000ZC72
76
KTA2000ET52B
68
KTA2000ZP3
76
KTA2000ET52C
68
KTA2000ZP4
76
KTA2000ET53D
68
KTA2000ZP5
76
KTA2000ET540
68
KTA2000ZP7
76
KTA2000ET71A
68
KTA2000ET720
68
KTA2000ET72B
68
KTA2000ET72C
68
KTA2500CP31
77
KTA2000ET73D
68
KTA2500CP32
77
KTA2000ET740
68
KTA2500CP33
77
KTA2000LC3A
74
KTA2500CP34
77
KTA2000LC3B
74
KTA2500CP41
77
KTA2000LC4A
74
KTA2500CP42
77
KTA2000LC4B
74
KTA2500CP43
77
KTA2000LC5A
74
KTA2500CP44
77
KTA2000LC5B
74
KTA2500CP51
77
KTA2000LC7A
74
KTA2500CP52
77
KTA2000LC7B
74
KTA2500CP53
77
KTA2000LP3A1
73
KTA2500CP54
77
KTA2000LP3A2
73
KTA2500CP61
77
KTA2000LP3B1
73
KTA2500CP62
77
KTA2000LP3B2
73
KTA2500CP63
77
KTA2000LP3C1
73
KTA2500CP64
77
KTA2000LP3C1
73
KTA2500CP71
77
KTA2000LP3C2
73
KTA2500CP72
77
KTA2000LP4A1
73
KTA2500CP73
77
KTA2000LP4A2
73
KTA2500CP74
77
KTA2000LP4B1
73
KTA2500DB310
71
KTA2000LP4B2
73
KTA2500DB410
71
KTA2000LP4C1
73
KTA2500DB510
71
KTA2000LP4C2
73
KTA2500DB610
71
KTA2000LP5A1
73
KTA2500DB710
71
KTA2000LP5A2
73
KTA2500EB320
69
KTA2000LP5B1
73
KTA2500EB340
69
KTA2000LP5B2
73
KTA2500EB420
69
KTA2000LP5C1
73
KTA2500EB440
69
KTA2000LP5C2
73
KTA2500EB520
69
KTA2000LP7A1
73
KTA2500EB540
69
KTA2000LP7A2
73
KTA2500EB620
69
KTA2000LP7B1
73
KTA2500EB640
69
KTA2000LP7B2
73
KTA2500EB720
69
KTA2000LP7C1
73
KTA2500EB740
69
KTA2000LP7C2
73
KTA2500ED320
68
KTA2000SL31
KT 3X2000AL ISOLATOR UNIT INV
115
KTA2500ED340
68
KTA2000SL41
115
KTA2500ED420
68
KTA2000SL51
115
KTA2500ED440
68
KTA2000SL71
115
KTA2500ED520
68
KTA2000TC3
75
KTA2500ED540
68
KTA2000TC4
75
KTA2500ED620
68
KTA2000TC5
75
KTA2500ED640
68
KTA2000TC7
75
KTA2500ED720
68
KTA2000TN410
71
KTA2500ED740
68
KTA2500EH320
70
KTA2500
version: 1.1
11
Index of catalogue number
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA2500EH340
70
KTA2500ER72
82
KTA2500EH420
70
KTA2500ER73
83
KTA2500EH440
70
KTA2500ER74
83
KTA2500EH520
70
KTA2500ER75
84
KTA2500EH540
70
KTA2500ER76
84
KTA2500EH620
70
KTA2500ER77
85
KTA2500EH640
70
KTA2500ET31A
68
KTA2500EH720
70
KTA2500ET320
68
KTA2500EH740
70
KTA2500ET32B
68
KTA2500EL31
90
KTA2500ET32C
68
KTA2500EL32
90
KTA2500ET33D
68
KTA2500EL33
91
KTA2500ET340
68
KTA2500EL34
91
KTA2500ET41A
68
KTA2500EL35
92
KTA2500ET420
68
KTA2500EL41
90
KTA2500ET42B
68
KTA2500EL42
90
KTA2500ET42C
68
KTA2500EL43
91
KTA2500ET43D
68
KTA2500EL44
91
KTA2500ET440
68
KTA2500EL45
92
KTA2500ET51A
68
KTA2500EL51
90
KTA2500ET520
68
KTA2500EL52
90
KTA2500ET52B
68
KTA2500EL53
91
KTA2500ET52C
68
KTA2500EL54
91
KTA2500ET53D
68
KTA2500EL55
92
KTA2500ET540
68
KTA2500EL61
90
KTA2500ET61A
68
KTA2500EL62
90
KTA2500ET620
68
KTA2500EL63
91
KTA2500ET62B
68
KTA2500EL65
91
KTA2500ET62C
68
KTA2500EL66
92
KTA2500ET63D
68
KTA2500EL71
90
KTA2500ET640
68
KTA2500EL72
90
KTA2500ET71A
68
KTA2500EL73
91
KTA2500ET720
68
KTA2500EL74
91
KTA2500ET72B
68
KTA2500EL75
92
KTA2500ET72C
68
KTA2500ER31
82
KTA2500ET73D
68
KTA2500ER32
82
KTA2500ET740
68
KTA2500ER33
83
KTA2500LC3A
74
KTA2500ER34
83
KTA2500LC3B
74
KTA2500ER35
84
KTA2500LC4A
74
KTA2500ER36
84
KTA2500LC4B
74
KTA2500ER37
85
KTA2500LC5A
74
KTA2500ER41
82
KTA2500LC5B
74
KTA2500ER42
82
KTA2500LC6A
74
KTA2500ER43
83
KTA2500LC6B
74
KTA2500ER44
83
KTA2500LC7A
74
KTA2500ER45
84
KTA2500LC7B
74
KTA2500ER46
84
KTA2500LP3A1
73
KTA2500ER47
85
KTA2500LP3A2
73
KTA2500ER51
82
KTA2500LP3B1
73
KTA2500ER52
82
KTA2500LP3B2
73
KTA2500ER53
83
KTA2500LP3C1
73
KTA2500ER54
83
KTA2500LP3C1
73
KTA2500ER55
84
KTA2500LP3C2
73
KTA2500ER56
84
KTA2500LP4A1
73
KTA2500ER57
85
KTA2500LP4A2
73
KTA2500ER61
82
KTA2500LP4B1
73
KTA2500ER62
82
KTA2500LP4B2
73
KTA2500ER63
83
KTA2500LP4C1
73
KTA2500ER64
83
KTA2500LP4C2
73
KTA2500ER65
84
KTA2500LP5A1
73
KTA2500ER66
84
KTA2500LP5A2
73
KTA2500ER67
85
KTA2500LP5B1
73
KTA2500ER71
82
KTA2500LP5B2
73
12
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA2500LP5C1
73
KTA3200CP64
77
KTA2500LP5C2
73
KTA3200CP71
77
KTA2500LP6A1
73
KTA3200CP72
77
KTA2500LP6A2
73
KTA3200CP73
77
KTA2500LP6B1
73
KTA3200CP74
77
KTA2500LP6B2
73
KTA3200DB310
71
KTA2500LP6C1
73
KTA3200DB410
71
KTA2500LP6C2
73
KTA3200DB510
71
KTA2500LP7A1
73
KTA3200DB610
71
KTA2500LP7A2
73
KTA3200DB710
71
KTA2500LP7B1
73
KTA3200EB320
69
KTA2500LP7B2
73
KTA3200EB340
69
KTA2500LP7C1
73
KTA3200EB420
69
KTA2500LP7C2
73
KTA3200EB440
69
KTA2500RL61
KT 4X2500AL ISOLATOR UNIT INV VW R
116
KTA3200EB520
69
KTA2500RL62
KT 4X2500AL ISOLATOR UNIT INV VW L
116
KTA3200EB540
69
KTA2500RL71
KT 5X2500AL ISOLATOR UNIT INV VW R
116
KTA3200EB620
69
KTA2500RL72
KT 5X2500AL ISOLATOR UNIT INV VW L
116
KTA3200EB640
69
KTA2500SL31
115
KTA3200EB720
69
KTA2500SL41
115
KTA3200EB740
69
KTA2500SL51
115
KTA3200ED320
68
KTA2500SL71
115
KTA3200ED340
68
KTA2500TC3
75
KTA3200ED420
68
KTA2500TC4
75
KTA3200ED440
68
KTA2500TC5
75
KTA3200ED520
68
KTA2500TC6
75
KTA3200ED540
68
KTA2500TC7
75
KTA3200ED620
68
KTA2500TN410
73
KTA3200ED640
68
KTA2500TP410
73
KTA3200ED720
68
KTA2500YA3
72
KTA3200ED740
68
KTA2500YA4
72
KTA3200EH320
70
KTA2500ZC31
76
KTA3200EH340
70
KTA2500ZC32
76
KTA3200EH420
70
KTA2500ZC41
76
KTA3200EH440
70
KTA2500ZC42
76
KTA3200EH520
70
KTA2500ZC51
76
KTA3200EH540
70
KTA2500ZC52
76
KTA3200EH620
70
KTA2500ZC61
76
KTA3200EH640
70
KTA2500ZC62
76
KTA3200EH720
70
KTA2500ZC71
76
KTA3200EH740
70
KTA2500ZC72
76
KTA3200EL31
91
KTA2500ZP3
76
KTA3200EL32
91
KTA2500ZP4
76
KTA3200EL33
92
KTA2500ZP5
76
KTA3200EL34
92
KTA2500ZP6
76
KTA3200EL35
93
KTA2500ZP7
76
KTA3200EL41
91
KTA3200EL42
91
KTA3200EL43
92
KTA3200EL44
92
KTA3200EL45
93
KTA3200EL51
91
KTA3200EL52
91
KTA3200EL53
92
KTA3200EL54
92
KTA3200EL55
93
KTA3200EL61
91
KTA3200EL62
91
KTA3200EL63
92
KTA3200EL65
92
KTA3200EL66
93
KTA3200EL71
91
KTA3200EL72
91
KTA3200EL73
92
KTA3200
KTA3200CP31
77
KTA3200CP32
77
KTA3200CP33
77
KTA3200CP34
77
KTA3200CP41
77
KTA3200CP42
77
KTA3200CP43
77
KTA3200CP44
77
KTA3200CP51
77
KTA3200CP52
77
KTA3200CP53
77
KTA3200CP54
77
KTA3200CP61
77
KTA3200CP62
77
KTA3200CP63
77
version: 1.1
13
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA3200EL74
92
KTA3200ET72B
68
KTA3200EL75
93
KTA3200ET72C
68
KTA3200ER31
82
KTA3200ET73D
68
KTA3200ER32
82
KTA3200ET740
68
KTA3200ER33
83
KTA3200LC3A
74
KTA3200ER34
83
KTA3200LC3B
74
KTA3200ER35
84
KTA3200LC4A
74
KTA3200ER36
84
KTA3200LC4B
74
KTA3200ER37
85
KTA3200LC5A
74
KTA3200ER41
82
KTA3200LC5B
74
KTA3200ER42
82
KTA3200LC6A
74
KTA3200ER43
83
KTA3200LC6B
74
KTA3200ER44
83
KTA3200LC7A
74
KTA3200ER45
84
KTA3200LC7B
74
KTA3200ER46
84
KTA3200LP3A1
73
KTA3200ER47
85
KTA3200LP3A2
73
KTA3200ER51
82
KTA3200LP3B1
73
KTA3200ER52
82
KTA3200LP3B2
73
KTA3200ER53
83
KTA3200LP3C1
73
KTA3200ER54
83
KTA3200LP3C1
73
KTA3200ER55
84
KTA3200LP3C2
73
KTA3200ER56
84
KTA3200LP4A1
73
KTA3200ER57
85
KTA3200LP4A2
73
KTA3200ER61
82
KTA3200LP4B1
73
KTA3200ER62
82
KTA3200LP4B2
73
KTA3200ER63
83
KTA3200LP4C1
73
KTA3200ER64
83
KTA3200LP4C2
73
KTA3200ER65
84
KTA3200LP5A1
73
KTA3200ER66
84
KTA3200LP5A2
73
KTA3200ER67
85
KTA3200LP5B1
73
KTA3200ER71
82
KTA3200LP5B2
73
KTA3200ER72
82
KTA3200LP5C1
73
KTA3200ER73
83
KTA3200LP5C2
73
KTA3200ER74
83
KTA3200LP6A1
73
KTA3200ER75
84
KTA3200LP6A2
73
KTA3200ER76
84
KTA3200LP6B1
73
KTA3200ER77
85
KTA3200LP6B2
73
KTA3200ET31A
68
KTA3200LP6C1
73
KTA3200ET320
68
KTA3200LP6C2
73
KTA3200ET32B
68
KTA3200LP7A1
73
KTA3200ET32C
68
KTA3200LP7A2
73
KTA3200ET33D
68
KTA3200LP7B1
73
KTA3200ET340
68
KTA3200LP7B2
73
KTA3200ET41A
68
KTA3200LP7C1
73
KTA3200ET420
68
KTA3200LP7C2
73
KTA3200ET42B
68
KTA3200SL31
KT 3X3200AL ISOLATOR UNIT NW
117
KTA3200ET42C
68
KTA3200SL41
117
KTA3200ET43D
68
KTA3200SL51
117
KTA3200ET440
68
KTA3200SL71
117
KTA3200ET51A
68
KTA3200TC3
75
KTA3200ET520
68
KTA3200TC4
75
KTA3200ET52B
68
KTA3200TC5
75
KTA3200ET52C
68
KTA3200TC6
75
KTA3200ET53D
68
KTA3200TC5
75
KTA3200ET540
68
KTA3200TN410
71
KTA3200ET61A
68
KTA3200TP410
71
KTA3200ET620
68
KTA3200YA3
71
KTA3200ET62B
68
KTA3200YA4
71
KTA3200ET62C
68
KTA3200ZC31
76
KTA3200ET63D
68
KTA3200ZC32
76
KTA3200ET640
68
KTA3200ZC41
76
KTA3200ET71A
68
KTA3200ZC42
76
KTA3200ET720
68
KTA3200ZC51
76
14
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA3200ZC52
76
KTA4000EL43
92
KTA3200ZC61
76
KTA4000EL44
92
KTA3200ZC62
76
KTA4000EL45
93
KTA3200ZC71
76
KTA4000EL51
91
KTA3200ZC72
76
KTA4000EL52
91
KTA3200ZP3
76
KTA4000EL53
92
KTA3200ZP4
76
KTA4000EL54
92
KTA3200ZP5
76
KTA4000EL55
93
KTA3200ZP6
76
KTA4000EL71
91
KTA3200ZP7
76
KTA4000EL72
91
KTA4000EL73
92
KTA4000EL74
92
KTA4000EL75
93
KTA4000ER31
82
KTA4000ER32
82
KTA4000ER33
83
KTA4000ER34
83
KTA4000ER35
84
KTA4000ER36
84
KTA4000ER37
85
KTA4000ER41
82
KTA4000ER42
82
KTA4000ER43
83
KTA4000ER44
83
KTA4000ER45
84
KTA4000ER46
84
KTA4000ER47
85
KTA4000ER51
82
KTA4000ER52
82
KTA4000ER53
83
KTA4000ER54
83
KTA4000ER55
84
KTA4000ER56
84
KTA4000ER57
85
KTA4000ER71
82
KTA4000ER72
82
KTA4000ER73
83
KTA4000ER74
83
KTA4000ER75
84
KTA4000ER76
84
KTA4000ER77
85
KTA4000ET31A
68
KTA4000ET320
68
KTA4000ET32B
68
KTA4000ET32C
68
KTA4000ET33D
68
KTA4000ET340
68
KTA4000ET41A
68
KTA4000ET420
68
KTA4000ET42B
68
KTA4000ET42C
68
KTA4000ET43D
68
KTA4000ET440
68
KTA4000ET51A
68
KTA4000ET520
68
KTA4000ET52B
68
KTA4000ET52C
68
KTA4000ET53D
68
KTA4000ET540
68
KTA4000ET71A
68
KTA4000ET720
68
KTA4000ET72B
68
KTA4000ET72C
68
KTA4000
KTA4000CP31
77
KTA4000CP32
77
KTA4000CP33
77
KTA4000CP34
77
KTA4000CP41
77
KTA4000CP42
77
KTA4000CP43
77
KTA4000CP44
77
KTA4000CP51
77
KTA4000CP52
77
KTA4000CP53
77
KTA4000CP54
77
KTA4000CP71
77
KTA4000CP72
77
KTA4000CP73
77
KTA4000CP74
77
KTA4000DB310
71
KTA4000DB410
71
KTA4000DB510
71
KTA4000DB710
71
KTA4000EB320
69
KTA4000EB340
69
KTA4000EB420
69
KTA4000EB440
69
KTA4000EB520
69
KTA4000EB540
69
KTA4000EB720
69
KTA4000EB740
69
KTA4000ED320
68
KTA4000ED340
68
KTA4000ED420
68
KTA4000ED440
68
KTA4000ED520
68
KTA4000ED540
68
KTA4000ED720
68
KTA4000ED740
68
KTA4000EH320
70
KTA4000EH340
70
KTA4000EH420
70
KTA4000EH440
70
KTA4000EH520
70
KTA4000EH540
70
KTA4000EH720
70
KTA4000EH740
70
KTA4000EL31
91
KTA4000EL32
91
KTA4000EL33
92
KTA4000EL34
92
KTA4000EL35
93
KTA4000EL41
91
KTA4000EL42
91
version: 1.1
15
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTA4000ET73D
68
KTB0000YC1
KT FLEXIBLE LINK L600 4
96
KTA4000ET740
68
KTB0000YC2
KT FLEXIBLE LINK L250A600 8
96
KTA4000LC3A
74
KTB0000YC3
KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 4
96
KTA4000LC3B
74
KTB0000YC4
KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 8
96
KTA4000LC4A
74
KTB0000YC5
KT INSULATED FLEX LINK L1000 4
96
KTA4000LC4B
74
KTB0000YE1
KT L PLATE 160
93
KTA4000LC5A
74
KTB0000YE2
KT L PLATE 200
93
KTA4000LC5B
74
KTB0000YF1
KT INSULATING SHEATH
97
KTA4000LC7A
74
KTB0000YS1
KT SUPPORT FOR BARS DBA115
99
KTA4000LC7B
74
KTB0000YS2
KT CLAMP 100
99
KTA4000LP3A1
73
KTB0000YS3
KT CLAMP 120
99
KTA4000LP3A2
73
KTB0000YT1
KT BRAID 600MM2 L400 8
97
KTA4000LP3B1
73
KTB0000ZA1
KT HORI FIXING BRACKED
100
KTA4000LP3B2
73
KTB0000ZA3
KT FIXING GRIP
100
KTA4000LP3C1
73
KTB074CF6
KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H74 L650
102
KTA4000LP3C1
73
KTB0074FA
KT END COVER H74
72
KTA4000LP3C2
73
KTB0074TT01
KT KT ROOF PLATE H74
81
KTA4000LP4A1
73
KTB0074ZA4
KT HORI TOP BRACKED H74
101
KTA4000LP4A2
73
KTB0104CF6
102
KTA4000LP4B1
73
KTB0104FA
KT END COVER H104
72
KTA4000LP4B2
73
KTB0104TT01
81
KTA4000LP4C1
73
KTB0124CF6
102
KTA4000LP4C2
73
KTB0124FA
KT END COVER H124
72
KTA4000LP5A1
73
KTB0124TT01
81
KTA4000LP5A2
73
KTB0164CF6
102
KTA4000LP5B1
73
KTB0164FA
KT END COVER H164
72
KTA4000LP5B2
73
KTB0164PE1
KT END COVER H164
78, 80, 81
KTA4000LP5C1
73
KTB0164TT01
81
KTA4000LP5C2
73
KTB0164ZA5
KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H74A164
101
KTA4000LP7A1
73
KTB0204CF6
102
KTA4000LP7A2
73
KTB0204FA
KT END COVER H204
72
KTA4000LP7B1
73
KTB0204TT01
81
KTA4000LP7B2
73
KTB0204ZA5
KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H204
101
KTA4000LP7C1
73
KTB0230BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y230
89
KTA4000LP7C2
73
KTB0230CR1
KT HORI COVER FEED ER Y230
86
KTA4000TC3
75
KTB0230CR2
KT HIGH VERT COVER FEED Y230
87
KTA4000TC4
75
KTB0230CR3
KT LOW VERT COVER FEED Y230
87
KTA4000TC5
75
KTB0230CR6
KT HORI COVER FEED EL N5 Y230
95
KTA4000TC7
75
KTB0230CR7
KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y230
88
KTA4000TN410
71
KTB0230CR8
KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y230
88
KTA4000TP410
71
KTB0230CS0
KT FLEXIBLE COVER Y230 E115
89
KTA4000YA3
72
KTB0244CF6
102
KTA4000YA4
72
KTB0244FA
KT END COVER H244
72
KTA4000ZC31
76
KTB0244PE1
KT END COVER H244
78, 80, 81
KTA4000ZC32
76
KTB0244TT01
81
KTA4000ZC41
76
KTB0244ZA5
101
KTA4000ZC42
76
KTB0324CF6
102
KTA4000ZC51
76
KTB0324FA
KT END COVER H324
72
KTA4000ZC52
76
KTB0324TT01
81
KTA4000ZC71
76
KTB0324ZA5
101
KTA4000ZC72
76
KTB0350BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y350
89
KTA4000ZP3
76
KTB0350CR1
86
KTA4000ZP4
76
KTB0350CR2
87
KTA4000ZP5
76
KTB0350CR3
87
KTA4000ZP7
76
KTB0350CR6
95
KTB0350CR7
88
KTB0350CR8
88
KTB0350CS0
89
KTB350HT01
KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y350 N1
121
KTB350HT02
121
KTB0404CF6
102
KTB0404FA
KT END COVER H404
72
KTB0404PE1
KT END COVER H404
78, 80, 81
KTB
KTB0000CR4
KT VERT COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4
94
KTB0000CR5
KT HORI COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4
94
KTB0000YB1
KT BOLT SNAP-OF HEAD
98
KTB0000YB2
KT SCREWS M12X60 NUTS & PLATES
98
KTB0000YB3
KT SCREWS M12X60 & TORQUE NUTS
98
KTB0000YB4
KT SCREWS M12X80 & TORQUE NUTS
98
16
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTB0404TT01
81
KTB0404ZA4
KT HORI TOP BRACKED H104 A 404
100
KTB0404ZA5
101
KTB0510BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y510
89
KTB0510CR1
86
KTB0510CR2
87
KTB0510CR3
87
KTB0510CR6
95
KTB0510CR7
88
KTB0510CR8
88
KTB0510CS0
89
KTB510HT01
121
KTB510HT02
121
KTB510HT03
121
KTB0630CB3
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS630
113
KTB0630CB4
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS630
113
KTB0630CB5
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS630
113
KTB0630HF3
KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 630
114
KTB0630HF4
KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 630
114
KTB0630HF5
KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 630
114
KTB1000CB3
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS1000
113
KTB1000CB4
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS1000
113
KTB1000CB5
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS1000
113
KTB1000HF3
KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 1000
114
KTB1000HF4
KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 1000
114
KTB1000HF5
KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 1000
114
KTB1250CB3
KT COFF BOULO 3L PE NS 1250
113
KTB1250CB4
KT COFF BOULO 3L N PE NS 1250
113
KTB1250CB5
KT COFF BOULO 3L PEN NS 1250
113
Cat. no.
Designations
version: 1.1
Pages
17
18
version: 1.1
Introduction
Canalis is evolving to meet

your needs
PD202382-m_r
Canalis on its second world tour

b
b
b
b
b
To better meet your needs, Canalis extends its system solutions.

New low and medium power busbar trunking products.
Pre-equipped luminaires.
Strip lighting.
Specially designed cable trays.
A total coordination with the

Schneider Electric system
Canalis is now part of a comprehensive offering of Schneider Electric products

designed to operate together. This concept covers all low and medium
voltage electrical distribution components. The result is an optimised electrical
installation with even higher performance through full electrical, mechanical and
communication compatibility.
With the new Canalis range, you get a complete, tested distribution solution
that complies with standards. It is perfectly suited to traditional applications
(factories, warehouses, etc.) and to the distribution of electrical power from the
incoming transformer on through to all types of loads in offices, commercial
premises, laboratories, etc.
More than 50,000 km of Canalis busbar trunking has been

sold around the world.
Canalis KT is changing to provide you

with
PD202088-104_r
b more flexibility
b ease of connection with the "plug and play" transformer and switchboard
connections
b more assistance. Our teams will assist you throughout your project.
Canalis moves forward without changing

the way you work
The new Canalis range is fully compatible with the existing range.
An existing installation can be upgraded without any problem.
K9AE01010.indd
version: 1.1
19
For each distribution system

its own Canalis
Distribution systems
Schneider Electric offers different distribution systems to fit your operating needs.
D205848
Centralised distribution
b
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
For all continuous processes:

cement plants
oil and gas
petrochemicals
steel
paper, etc.
Centralised distribution offers:
continuity of service
combined distribution of power, control and monitoring circuits
supervision, etc.
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards.
DD205849
Decentralised distribution
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
For manufacturing industries:

mechanical
textiles
lumber
injection moulding
electronics
pharmaceuticals
livestock, etc.
Decentralised distribution lets you:
design installations without layout details
upgrade without shutting down production
get systems up and running sooner thanks to faster installation
generate savings depending on the number of loads.
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus switchboards
b Canalis busbar trunking.
DD205850
Combined distribution
Where the advantages of both centralised and decentralised distribution are
required.
b Commercial and service buildings:
v offices
v stores
v hospitals
v exhibition halls, etc.
b Infrastructures:
v airports
v telecommunications
v internet data centres
v tunnels, etc.
b Industrial facilities:
v pharmaceuticals
v food processing, etc.
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
b Canalis busbar trunking.
20
version: 1.1
K9AE01020.indd
The Canalis decentralised

distribution concept
Electrical power available at all points,throughout the

installation.
Exclusive features of the Schneider Electric system
PD202427_r
Total coordination of the Schneider Electric system provides maximum safety of life
and property, continuity of service, upgradeability and ease of installation.
Total coordination is made easy by the tables in the "Selection Guide". They help
you chose the right combination of circuit breakers and busbar trunking.
Product characteristics are checked by calculations and tests carried out in our
laboratories.
A competitive installation.
Simplicity, upgradeability, safety and continuity of service and operation.
DD205658
Savings start with installation

With tap-off points every 3 metres, Canalis busbar trunking reduces installation
costs.
Given the low cost of adding new circuits, savings increase as the number of loads
increases, a natural consequence of the growth of your business.
DD202383_r
Upgradeable during operation

In decentralised distribution, evolving operating requirements and costs are
integrated right from the start.
b The addition, relocation or replacement of load equipment can be carried out
quickly, without de-energising the supply trunking or shutting down operation.
b The cost of making such changes is greatly reduced:
v loads are located close to supply points
v tap-off points are always available
v tap-units can be reused or new ones added quickly for load relocation or
replacement needs.
Reusable in the event of major changes

When making major modifications to your installation, the existing trunking can be
easily dismantled and reused.
K9AE01020.indd
version: 1.1
21
Canalis, in total harmony with

the environment
Safety of life and property
With Canalis, no toxic emission in case of fire
The busbar trunking has a low combustible load. Its construction uses very little
consumable material and is halogen free.
In the event of a fire, the busbar trunking does not emit any gas or toxic smoke.
DD205675
The busbar trunking helps prevent the propagation of a fire through partition walls
and floors.
Halogen-sensitive applications
b Public buildings (infrastructures, hospitals, schools, etc.).
b Buildings with evacuation difficulties (high-rises, ships, etc.) and service-activity
buildings.
b Sensitive processes (production of electronic components, etc.).
Canalis contains no PVCs

Example:
Consequences of a fire in a 100 m office with
electrical distribution by cables.
200 kg of cables (i.e. 20 kg of PVC) produces:
b 4400 m3 of smoke
b 7.5 m3 of hydrochloric acid
b 3.7 kg of corroded steel.
DD205674
Health
When PVCs burn, they produce large amounts of smoke that can be a serious
safety hazard.
b Reduced visibility:
v risk of panic
v complicates rescue work
b Smoke toxicity:
v hydrogen chloride gas (highly toxic)
v carbon monoxide (danger of asphyxiation).
Canalis reduces the risk of exposure to electromagnetic fields

According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to electromagnetic
fields can be a health hazard starting at levels as low as 0.2 micro-Teslas and
could represent a long-term risk of cancer. Some countries have created standards
that stipulate limits (e.g. 0.2 T at 1 metre in Sweden).
All electrical conductors generate magnetic fields proportional to the distance
between them. The design of Canalis busbar trunking with tightly spaced
conductors in a metal enclosure helps to considerably reduce radiated
electromagnetic fields.
The electromagnetic field characteristics of Canalis busbar trunking are welldefined and measurements show that they are far below potentially dangerous
levels.
You will find the magnetic induction values of our products on the "Characteristics"
pages.
22
version: 1.1
K9AE01030.indd
DD205673
Environment
Canalis is fully recyclable
b Canalis busbar trunking can be reused.

Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a long service life and can easily be
dismantled, cleaned and reused.
b All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable polyethylene
film).
b All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling. PVC, on the
other hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric acid produced using lime
and generates dioxins that are extremely toxic.
Canalis helps conserve natural resources
Example:
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste.
Conservation of natural
resources
The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our ongoing
concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to make our
busbar trunking.
b Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our products to meet
future European directives.
b Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
b Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance: less energy
released during combustion, thereby limiting propagation and facilitating extinction
(lower calorific value).
Canalis reduces your line losses by 20 %

Canalis divides your consumption of plastic by a factor of
four
The cost of an electrical installation includes the initial investment for the
equipment and its installation, the cost of maintenance and the cost of energy
losses during operation.
The concept of decentralised distribution is a way to merge all the circuits in one
and thus to reduce to the maximum the low cross-section lengths and the weight of
insulating materials.
DD206048
Example:
34 m of Canalis KS 250 A trunking equipped with fourteen 4-pole 25 A feeders.
kg
kg
K9AE01030.indd
version: 1.1
23
PD202384_r
From the transport to the

distribution, Canalis is the core
of your installation
24
version: 1.1
K9AE01040.indd
K9AE01040.indd
version: 1.1
25
Canalis KT, a display of

advantages
A compact solution
b The compact size of Canalis KT means it takes up very little space in the
building:
v used as a rising main, it takes up only a minimum of space,
v used for horizontal distribution, it fits easily into the buildings structure (false
floors, false ceilings, service shafts, etc).
b Changes in direction have been designed to optimise the space taken up,
contrary to an equivalent installation using cables which requires large bending
radii.
DD202860
b Tap-off units, complete with protective devices, are fitted along the entire length
of the busbar trunking thus reducing the floor area taken up by the electrical
distribution switchboards.
A simple and economical

system
b The design study is easy to perform as it does not require a detailed layout of
each load. Equipment choice is pre-determined and optimised.
b Installing the busbar trunking requires 2 or 3 people only, for a time equivalent
to that for installing cableways. The time normally needed for laying cables is
therefore saved.
b Connection to the MV/LV substation is made using a quick fitting joint block. The
tap-off units can be prepared in the workshop thus reducing on-site time. Their
connection to the busbar trunking is done in a single plugging-on operation.
b Installing busbar trunking lengths can be done as and when building work
progresses, thus optimising on-site work and allowing possible unexpected events
to be anticipated in advance.
PD202385_r
b It is also important to note that busbar trunking is a factory tested solution,

meaning the time needed for inspecting connections is reduced (visual inspection
of tightening torque).
26
version: 1.1
K9AE02010.indd
Complete safety
b Busbar trunking temperature rise and short-circuit withstand are known and
independent of the installation. Coordination of the Schneider Electric system
results in complete control of the electrical network.
b Installation standards UTE C 15-105 chapter B.6.2 and IEC 60 364 chapter
5.523.6 stipulate that above 4 parallel cables, it is preferable to use busbar
trunking. Paralleling many cables leads to uneven distribution of currents and the
risk of abnormal temperature rise.
PD202386_r
b The busbar trunking and tap-off units are designed to guarantee the safety of
personnel and equipment:
v plug-on connections to silver-plated copper bars,
v bolted connections with tightening torque guaranteed by torque nuts,
v foolproof system to avoid the risk of assembly errors,
v IP55 certified splash and dust protection,
v sprinkler resistance test in compliance with Volkswagen specifications (valid
only for top-mounted units).
v access to live parts have IPxxD protection (1 mm wire diameter).
Its metal enclosure and high protection degree protect the busbar trunking from all
external aggressions (corrosion, rodents, etc).
b Seismic certification to IEC 60980, Richter scale >7 and MSK 64 severity 9.
Operating continuity
When working on the electrical installation, the busbar trunking provides immediate
readability of the electrical circuit thus allowing the appropriate zone to be quickly
identified.
Tap-off units can be plugged-on and off without the need for a shutdown; service
continuity is thus irreproachable.
The quality of the electrical contacts guarantees maintenance free operating
continuity.
PD202229-68_r
A large range of tap-off units
Canalis KS tap-off units are fully compatible with Canalis KT:

b they cover all your requirements:
v Canalis KS tap-off units: 63 to 400 A,
v Canalis KT tap-off units: 400 to 1250 A,
b they offer circuit breaker or fuse protection.
This offer includes tap-off units that can be fitted with the Transparent Ready
system:
v they monitor your installation to avoid overloads, thus ensuring service continuity,
v they provide metering to allow accurate management of your electrical
distribution network (allocation of costs to each consumer).
K9AE02010.indd
version: 1.1
27
Canalis KT is adapted for all

types of building
Office and hospital buildings
Key points
PD202391_r
b Fire barrier.
b Halogen free.
b Small size.
PD202389_r
PD202388_r
b Operating continuity.
Shopping centres, airports

and exhibition centres
Key points
b Halogen free.
PD202387_r
b Distribution and metering.

b Able to be evolved.
PD202390_r
b Sprinklers.
28
version: 1.1
K9AE02020.indd
Car industry and

industrial buildings
Key points
PD395077-68_r
b Low voltage drops.
PD202393_r
PD202392_r
b Network readability.
Internet Data Centers
Key points
109405_r
b High tap-off density.
PD202395_r
PD202394_r
b Network compactness and readability.
K9AE02020.indd
version: 1.1
29
Canalis, the reference all around

the world
Tertiary
Name
PD202244_r
Offices
Air France (headquarters)
Lighting and low current
Medium current
High
current
KDP
KN
KT
KBA
KBB
Axa
b
b
b
b
Trade Center
Tour du RDC
Turning Torso
Vodafone
PD202245_r
Internet Data Center
Sweden
Spain
Spain
Tunisia
Sweden
b
b
New Zealand
Banco Commercial Portugus
Colt
Digiplex
Portugal
France
Sweden
IBM
Spain, Italy
MCI-Worldcom
Italy, United Kingdom
Tunisia
Hotels and restaurants

PD202246_r
Hyatt
Mc Donalds
France
Soldeo Andorra Hotel
PD202247_r
Hospitals
Children Clinic
Brussels University Hospital
Spain
Sweden
Belgium
Derby Hospital
United Kingdom
Oran Hospital
b
b
France
Stockholm Hospital
Sweden
Val de Grce Hospital
Michalon Hospital
Manussia Hospital
Alcampo
PD202248_r
Algeria
St Joseph Hospital
France
b
Auchan
b
b
B&Q
Carrefour
Coop
Fnac
Ikea
Mark & Spencer
b
b
ToysR Us
version: 1.1
France
Egypt
Supermarkets and hypermarkets
30
Luxembourg
Germany
b
b
Germany
France
Commerz Bank
Telefnica
Lexel
France
Allianz
Chamber of Commerce
KS
Country
Spain
World
United Kingdom
World
Italy
Spain, France
China, Spain, France,

Sweden
Belgium, Spain,
United Kingdom
Spain
K9AE02030.indd
Industry
Name
PD202249_r
Car industry
Medium current
High
current
KDP
KT
BMW
Citron
KBA
KBB
KN
KS
Daewo
Italy
b
Iveco
Peugeot
China, Spain, France

South Korea
Dacia
Country
Romania
Spain, Italy
China, Spain, France
Nissan
Spain
Renault
Spain, France, Czech

Republic
Seat
Spain
Valo
Volkswagen
China, France, Italy,

Poland
Spain, Germany
Other industries
Aerospace industry
Airbus
Coca-Cola
Danone
Italy
Spain, Italy, Belgium
World
Food-processing industry
b
Pasquier
France
Livestock production farms and greenhouses

Favier henhouse
France
Greenhouse
Netherlands
Ceramic industry
Esmalglas ceramic
Legrand
Rolex
Intel
ST Micro-electronique
Spain
Electricity
France, Turkey
Watch-making
b
Switzerland
Microelectronics
b
Irelande
b
France
Lead industry and water treatment

Grundfos
China
China
Netherlands
Sweden
Spain
Industrial technology
Bosch
Telephony
Phillips
Nokia
Louis Vuitton
Delta
Textile industry
K9AE02030.indd
version: 1.1
Israel
31
Canalis, the reference all around

the world
Infrastructure
Name
PD202250_r
Airports
Paris Airport
Medium current
High
current
KDP
KBA
KBB
KN
KS
KT
Cairo Airport
b
Hong-Kong Airport
Landvetter Airport
Arlanda
Satelite Barajas
PD202251_r
Marine
PD202252_r
Undergrounds
United Kingdom
China
Sweden
b
b
Sweden
Spain
Chantier de lAtlantique
France
Meyerwerft
Germany
Guanghzou Underground
Madrid Underground
China
London Underground
United Kingdom
b
b
Singapore Underground
Spain
Singapore
Egypt
Other infrastructures
Alexandria Library
Centre international dexposition
de Suzhou
32
France
Egypt
Heathrow Airport
Country
b
b
China
CERN
Switzerland
Stade de France
France
version: 1.1
K9AE02030.indd
Canalis tools and services
Technical files
The technical files have been compiled from completed contracts and provide
answers to questions concerning the installation of Canalis busbar trunking in
specific business sectors.
In data centers
Reference:
ART 37222
DESBS001EN
In exhibition centres
Reference:
ART 65946
KD0C00CTAFEEN
In shopping centres
Reference:
Available in your sales office.
In electronics factories
Reference:
ART 65944
KD0C00CTAFEEN
In tiles factories
Reference:
DEBU005EN
In car plants
Reference:
Available in your sales office.
In livestock buildings
Reference:
DESWED105010EN
In greenhouses
Reference:
ART 808260
DESWED105013EN
In logistic centres
Reference:
ART 807993
DESWED105011EN
In cruise ships
Reference:
DESWED105014EN
In garages
Reference:
DESWED103004EN
Find a large range of Cahier Technique publications on the Schneider Electric

web site: www.schneider-electric.com.
K9AE02040.indd
version: 1.1
33
Work-out your
solution together
PD202396_r
Our teams are available to provide customers with technical assistance throughout
the installation of their projects.
b
v
v
v
v
Design of electrical distribution architectures:

design of decentralised transport and distribution systems,
technical and financial optimisation of busbar trunking design projects,
transformer/switchboard link,
installation coordination and discrimination.
b
v
v
v
Full installation drawings:

3D Autocad drawings with corresponding parts lists,
2D drawing with dimensions,
detailed connection drawings.
b Site supervision and commissioning assistance.
DD210862
b Training for designers and contractors.
Project
launch
Technical
support
CanBrass
drawing
After-sales
service
Autocad
drawing
On-site
instruction
and
installation
Production
Project
management
34
version: 1.1
K9AE02040.indd
CanBrass gives you all the

help you need
Schneider Electric offers a comprehensive design and costing software.

The CanBrass software, edited by Schneider Electric, was developed to help you
design and cost Canalis busbar trunking runs.
PD202374
CanBrass, a comprehensive tool

The CanBrass software allows you to quickly design the best layout for your
project.
It allows:
b the material needed to be easily chosen
b a list of catalogue numbers and their exact quantities to be defined
b a comprehensive quote that includes material and labour.
There are 2 options:
b linear metre costing
b graphical costing.
Design guide.
Linear metre costing
PD202375
The user enters the following parameters:

b for the power run: rating, polarity, protection degree
b for each feeder: number of machines, rating and protection
b overall run length, number of change-of-direction sections and the connection
type.
PD202376
Enter Canalis run characteristics.
Switchboard access estimation of material and labour costs.
K9AE02040.indd
version: 1.1
35
Graphical costing
PD202377
Simply create a 3D drawing of the busbar trunking using appropriate dialogue

boxes.
Enter the following:
b rating
b polarity
b connection types.
Definition of catalogue numbers
PD202378
The software gives an optimum breakdown of the project and provides a bill of
materials: catalogue number, quantity, price.
The software can also generate 2D or 3D drawings with dimensions.
Breakdown of the run by product function.
Quote
PD202379
The CanBrass software can generate a comprehensive customised quote (quantity,

catalogue number, unit price, total net price and installation time).
36
version: 1.1
K9AE02040.indd
Contents
Index
Introduction
3
19
Presentation
38
Panorama of Canalis range
38
Canalis KTA from 800 to 4000 A
44
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A
47
Description
48
General
48
Run sections
50
Other run sections

Disconnectors and run protective devices
51
Change of direction sections
52
Connection sections
53
Connection accessories
58
Supports and fixings
60
Tap-off units
61
Plug-on tap-off units for circuit breakers
62
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses
63
Fixed tap-off units for circuit breakers
64
Lighting distribution 38
Power distribution
40
For horizontal transport and distribution
For distribution to different levels
Catalogue numbers and dimensions

Design guide
Recommandations
DEBU021EN_Presentation.indd
version: 1.1
44
46
65
135
173
233
37
Presentation

Lighting distribution
Canalis KTA
Canalis KDP
PD202216_r
Range
Run components
Degree of protection
Number of circuits
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
Maximum distance between fixing points
IP55
1
20 A
1200 - 1350 - 1500 - 2400 - 2700 and 3000 mm
24 and 192 meters
0,70 meter
PD202225_r
KDP-KBA-KBB tap-off units
Rating
Option
38
10 and 16 A
version: 1.1
K9AE11000.indd
Canalis KBB
PD202219_r
PD202217_r
Canalis KBA
IP55
1 or 2
25 and 40 A
500 and 1000 mm
2 and 3 meters
Galvanised steel
5 meters
PD202225_r
PD202225_r
IP55
1
25 and 40 A
500 - 1000 and 1500 mm
2 and 3 meters
Galvanised steel
3 meters
10 and 16 A
10 and 16 A
White RAL 9010

Bus conductor
-
White RAL 9010

Bus conductor
Clean earth
K9AE11000.indd
version: 1.1
39
Presentation

Power distribution
Canalis KTA
Canalis KN
PD202221_r
Range
Run components
Polarity
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
IP55
3L + N + PE
40, 63, 100 and 160 A
500 - 1000 or 3000 mm
3 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
PD202227_r
Tap-off units
Rating
Option
40
Plug-in
Bolt-on
16 to 63 A
Remote control conductor
version: 1.1
K9AE11000.indd
Canalis KS, rising mains

PD202223_r
PD202222_r
Canalis KS
IP55
3L + N + PE
100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A
500 mm
Defined by the floor pitch
White RAL 9001
Defined by the floor pitch
PD202228_r
PD202228_r
IP55
3L + N + PE
100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A
1000 mm on each face
3 and 5 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
25 to 400 A
25 to 400 A
K9AE11000.indd
version: 1.1
41
Presentation
Power distribution
Canalis KTA
Canalis KT
PD202088-74_r
Range
Run components
Polarity
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
IP55
3L + PE ; 3L + N +PE ; 3L + N + oversized PE
800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200 and 4000 A
500 - 1000 mm
2 and 4 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
PD202229_r
Tap-off units
Rating
Option
42
Plug-in
Bolt-on
25 to 400 A
400 to 1250 A
-
version: 1.1
K9AE11000.indd
K9AE11000.indd
version: 1.1
43
Presentation

For horizontal transport and distribution
Canalis KTA
Run sections
Tap-off units
b Change-of-direction sections adapt to all

busbar trunking requirements.
b There are both fixed and made-tomeasure lengths.
PD202328_r
PD202312_r
PD202313_r
Change-of-direction sections
b Canalis KS plug-on tap-off units are

compatible with the Canalis KT busbar
trunking:
v protection by 25 to 400 A fuses
v protection by 100 to 400 A Compact NSX
circuit breakers.
b Canalis KT fixed tap-off units:
v protection by 400 to 1250 A
Compact NS and NSX circuit breakers
v protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
PD202315_r
Rating: 800 to 4000 A.

Transport sections:
fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters
non-standard lengths: 0.5 and 3 meters
Distribution sections:
fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters.
PD202314_r
b
b
v
v
b
v
44
version: 1.1
K9AE11500.indd
Interface connections
Universal supply connections
b There are two types of support for

installing the busbar trunking horizontally.
b One type of fixing: to fix the busbar
trunking to its support.
PD202300_r
PD202318_r
PD202431_r
Horizontal fixing supports
b Supply connections allow the

busbar trunking to be connected to the
switchboards busbar or to the transformer.
PD202317_r
b Pre-fabricated interfaces connections can

be incorporated into:
v Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
v France Transfo dry-type transformers.
K9AE11500.indd
version: 1.1
45
Presentation
For distribution to different levels

Rising mains
Canalis KTA
Run sections
PD202319_r
PD202320_r
b Rating: 800 to 4000 A.

b Distribution sections, fixed 2 meter lengths.
b Transport sections for going through floor slabs,
fixed 0.5 to 3 meter lengths.
Vertical fixing support
PD202321_r
b For installing the busbar trunking vertically, they

ensure:
v height and depth adjustment
v load sharing
v absorption of expansions, vibrations, etc.
b They can be fixed either to the floor, the wall or to
a bracket.
Tap-off units
PD202322_r
b Canalis KS tap-off units are compatible with the

Canalis KT busbar trunking:
v protection by 25 to 400 A fuses
v protection by 100 to 400 A Compact NSX circuit
breakers.
b Canalis KT fixed tap-off units:
v protection by 400 to 1250 A Compact NS and NSX
circuit breakers
v protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
46
version: 1.1
K9AE11500.indd
Presentation
Rating (A)
Type of protection
Modular switchgear
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A
Compact NS and NSX
Fuses
Compact NSX with

measurement and metering
PD202138_r
PD202150_r
PD202148_r
63 A, 8 x 18 mm modules
25/50 A for NF/DIN fuses

32 A for BS fuses
For Compact NSX100 circuit
breaker
63 A for DIN fuses

100 A for NF/DIN fuses
80 A for BS fuses
PD202150_r
PD202323_r
Fitted with DIN rail for Powerlogic

PM810
PD202324_r
250 to 400
For Compact NSX160 circuit breaker 160 A for NF/DIN/BS fuses

PD202184_r
For NG125/160 circuit breaker
PD202324_r
PD202150_r
100 A, 12 x 18 mm modules
160
PD202147_r
25 to 100
PD202149_r
Plug-on tap-off units
For Compact NSX250 circuit breaker
250/400 A for NF/DIN fuses
PD202325_r
PD202325_r

breaker
DB402028
DB402027

630

breaker
630 A for NF fuses
PD240004_r
400 and 630
PD202326_r
Fixed tap-off units
PD240005_r
800, 1000 and 1250
PD202327_r
For Compact NSX400 and NSX630 400 to 630 A for DIN fuses(1)
circuit breakers
For Compact NS800, NS1000 and

NS1250(1) circuit breakers
800 to 1000 A for DIN fuses(1)
(1) Tap-off units for NS1250 and fuses (from 400 to 1000 A) in IP31 only.
K9AE11500.indd
version: 1.1
47
Description
General
Canalis KTA
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is intended for high power distribution and
transport in industrial, commercial and tertiary buildings.
Assembly of prefabricated sections that adapt to all run configurations.
Run sections
DD205853
DD202434
b
b
b
b
b
b
DD202435-m
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
DD202436-m
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205854
The conductors are sandwiched together inside the metal

casing.
3L + N + PER
8 ratings are available, from 800 to 4000 A.

4 aluminium live conductors with identical cross-sections (3L + N + PE version).
Conductors insulated using polyester film, class B 130 C, halogen free.
Standard busbar trunking is IP55.
Insulation voltage: 1000 Volts.
Available polarities: 3L + PE, 3L + N +PE, 3L + N + PER (reinforced PE)
The KT busbar trunking is of compact design and can be installed edgewise, flat or
vertically.
This design, allows the busbar trunking to be installed through a floor slab or fire
barrier wall.
As standard, the Canalis KT busbar trunking acts as a fire barrier in accordance
with IEC 60439-2.
The compact technology allows Canalis KT busbar trunking to withstand high
short-circuit currents and is suitable for most electricity distribution applications.
The RAL 9001 pre-lacquered galvanized steel casing provides protection and
mechanical fixing of the conductors.
Further, it is used as the PE protective conductor (in accordance with NFC 15100
and IEC 60364).
In its reinforced version 3L + N + PER, the busbar trunking is fitted with an
additional internal copper conductor with a cross-section equal to half that of the
phase conductor.
A reinforced version can be supplied on demand. This version has lateral
reinforcement (see page "Characteristics").
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is suitable for applications containing harmonics by
taking into account the appropriate derating factor. See "Harmonic currents" in the
Design guide.
Tap-off contact
DD205855
The KS plug-on tap-off units are connected to the busbar trunking whilst live (offload) via spring jaw connections.
Contact zone coating:
b silver-plated copper at jaw contact points
b aluminium / silver-plated copper bimetallic saddle welded to the live conductors.
The electrical contact pads of the sections are made from
bonded bimetallic aluminium/copper.
48
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
Joint block
DD205856
The junction between sections is made using a joint block.

The joint block provides the following:
b electrical junction between live conductors and between PE protective
conductors, mechanical link between the two sections.
It provides simultaneous continuity between all conductors.
It is tightened using torque bolt(s) (1 to 4 depending on the rating) with snap-off
heads.
The nut head snaps-off, freeing a red washer, when the correct tightening torque is
reached.
DD205857
This operation is checked visually:

b if the red washer is absent: it has been tightened
b if the red washer is visible: it has not been tightened.
This device guarantees the necessary contact pressure between live conductors
and is operator independent.
For dismantling or maintenance operations, the nut has a second head.
The tightening torque is 6 daN.m.
All sections (apart from ER and EL feed units) are supplied with their joint
block, delivered in a separate parcel.
If the run has a feed unit (ER or EL) at each end, an additional joint block
must be ordered.
Phase order
DD205858
The standard phase order for the busbar trunking is denoted N321.
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205859
However, this order can be changed to N123. A label showing the phase order
"N123" is supplied with each element to indicate the change.
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
49
Description
Run sections
Canalis KTA
Straight sections
Transport sections - Type ET
DD202390
Transport the current without tap-off points.

Available in 2 and 4 metre fixed lengths or made to measure from 0.50 to 3 metres.
Sections with tap-off points for plug-on tap-off units Type ED
DD205860
ED run sections are for current distribution.

They use 25 to 400 A KS tap-off units.
These tap-off units can be plugged-on whilst live, but off-load.
Available in fixed 2 or 4 metre lengths with 3 tap-off points on one side.
Sections with tap-off points for fixed tap-off units - Type EB
DD205861
EB run sections are for current distribution.

They use specific KT 400 to 1250 A tap-off units.
These tap-off units can only be fitted / removed when the run is not energised.
Available in a 2 metre fixed length with one tap-off point or a 4 metre fixed length
with 2 tap-off points.
50
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
Other run sections

Disconnectors and run
protective devices
Other run sections
DD202446
Expansion section - Type DB
It controls and absorbs the expansion of Canalis runs and must be used on runs
over 30 metres and each time the busbar trunking passes through a building
expansion joint.
Refer to the installation guide.
Available in a 1 metre length, it can be fitted vertically or horizontally.
At its centre it has flexible conductor joints and a sliding case able to absorb the
relative movements of each part of the section.
Transposition sections - Types TN, TP
DD205863
DD202439
Used when the phase order of the switchboard is different to that of the
transformer.
Available in a 1 metre length and is the same physical size as a transport section.
b The TN version transposes the neutral.
DD205862
DD210811A
DD205864
b The TP type transposes the phases.
Additional joint block - Type YA
If the run has a feed unit (supplied without a joint block) at each end, an additional
joint block must be ordered.
Each joint block is supplied with the necessary covers, nuts and bolts.
Run end cover - Type FA
The end cover protects and insulates the conductor ends and is fitted to the last
section.
Disconnectors and run protective devices
DD202441
DD202440
Fitted between 2 flat or edgewise sections, they isolate or protect a busbar

trunking part run.
Each assembly is supplied fitted with a 3 or 4-pole device complete with rotary
handle.
Supplied with:
b an auxiliary connection terminal
b lifting rings
b upstream and downstream terminal shields.
Colour: white RAL 9001, 100 % polyester paint on galvanized sheet steel.
Refer to manufacturers data for switchgear characteristics.
Fitted with a rotary handle, the tap-off unit can only be opened once the device
has been switched off.
Run disconnector tap-off units - Type SL
Type SL for:
b Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type NA fixed isolators:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
b Interpact INV isolator, 2000 to 2500 A:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
b Masterpact NW3200 A type HA fixed isolator supplied with:
v transparent protection cover
v adaptation kit for Ronis lock + 1 Ronis lock
v complete Harting plug, not cabled.
Run protection tap-off units - Type PL
Type PL for:
b Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type N fixed circuit-breakers:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied).
For circuit-breakers greater than 1600 A, consult the sales office.
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
51
Description
Change of direction sections
Canalis KTA
Simple changes of direction
Elbows - Types LP and LC
DD205865
To go up or down, to turn right or left:

b type LP, flat elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths
DD202432
b type LPpC, flat made-to-measure angled elbow
DD205866
b type LC, edgewise elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths
DD205867
b type LCpC, edgewise made-to-measure angled elbow.
Edgewise T junctions - Type TC

DD205868
To feed runs perpendicular to the main run.
Changes of direction
Zeds - Types ZP, ZC and CP
DD205869
3-branch made-to-measure:
b flat or edgewise, to move the run axis upwards, downwards, to the right or to the
left without having to bend the busbar trunking:
v type ZP, flat Zed
DD205870
v type ZC, edgewise Zed
DD205871
b edgewise / flat, to provide the busbar trunking with a bend:

v Type CP, edgewise and/or flat Zed.
52
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
Connection sections
To connect the KTA busbar trunking to different terminals or to transformer,

switchboard, generator set, etc. busbars. Canalis offers high performance
connection sections which meet all requirements.
These sections provide installation flexibility combined with quick and simple
assembly.
Further, the connections are made using torque bolts which provide both ease
of installation (use of a standard spanner for tightening to 6 daN.m) and a visual
check before energising.
Connections via interface to Prisma Plus, Okken and Trihal
DD202314
DD202306
Direct connection to Trihal transformers and Prisma Plus & Okken switchboards.
Supplied factory or panelbuilder assembled and tested to IEC 60439-1 and 2.
Quick and simple connection of the busbar trunking to the interface.
Reduced size.
Joint block integrated into the interface.
A sealing kit (rating dependent) must be ordered.
DD202310
Prisma Plus switchboard.

Sealing kit
Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
For fixed or draw-out incoming device, front or rear connection:

b Masterpact NW08 to NW40 or NT06 to NT16 circuit-breaker
b Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit-breaker.
Possibility of switching the phases around.
Okken switchboard.
DD202503
France Transfo Trihal dry type transformers

For naturally ventilated or force ventilated transformers.
Protection degree:
b IP00
b IP31.
Secondary voltage: 410 V.
15 mm adjustment in the 3 axes.
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
53
Description
Connection sections
Canalis KTA
Universal connections to switchboards and oil immersed transformers
DD210777
Feed units - Type ER
They allow the busbar trunking to be connected to a switchboards busbar, or to the

terminals of an oil immersed transformer, generator set, etc.
They come complete with a mounting plate fitted:
b either directly to the roof of the switchboard
b or via the intermediary of a protective cover.
DD205872
Vertical or horizontal incoming busbar trunking.
DD202502
Types ER N1/N2
Types ER N3/N4
Types ER N5/N6
Type ER N7
Connection:
b either directly to the busbar
b or by flexible bars and connection plates
b or by braids
b or by cables.
b ER feed units are supplied without a joint block.
b If the run has a feed unit at each end, an additional joint block must be ordered.
54
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
DD210866
Protective covers - Types CS, CR, BC
DD210864
Protects the external part of the connection.
b Type CS
Height adaptable flexible protective cover adaptable for ER N1 to N6 feed units
with a between centres distance of 115 mm.
For a vertical incomer - Types CR1 to CR3
DD205873
Made-to-measure rigid protective cover for ER N1 to N7 feed units.

They are height adjustable by 50 mm.
b Type CR 1 for a horizontal incomer.
DD205624
DD210865
b Types CR2 and CR3 for a vertical incomer.
b Types CR7 and CR8

Protective covers for oil immersed transformers.
Only for ER N1 to N6 feed units with a between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
depending on the rating.
Fit directly onto the BT series transformer tanks.
Never use with HV porcelaine bushings.
DD202321
v Type CR7 for a vertical incomer.
DD202325
v Type CR8 for a horizontal incomer.
v Type BC
Protective cover for direct cable connection to ER N1 to N6 feed units with a
between centres distance of 115 mm.
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
55
Description
Connection sections
Canalis KTA
Universal connections to dry type transformers
DD202447
Feed units - Type EL
For dry type transformers with the neutral between the phases.
They allow optimum connection to the busbar trunking.
DD205874
The junction with the busbar trunking is achieved:

b either from the side
Type EL N1/N2.
DD205877
Type EL N3/N4.
DD205876
DD205875
b or from the centre.
Type EL N5.
They are of similar design to straight transport sections and can be installed
edgewise or flat.
If installed flat, a set of angle brackets can be ordered.
The following must be specified at the time of order:
b phase order
b distance between phases (a 20 mm lateral adjustment can be made use of on
site).
The link between the transformer terminals and the connection section is either by
flexible bar connection plates or by braids.
56
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
Protective covers - Type CR4 to CR6
These protect the connections with an IP31 casing when connecting to a

transformer.
They are height adjustable by 50 mm.
DD202342
b Type CR4
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Edgewise assembly.
DD202343
b Type CR5
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Flat assembly.
DD202346
b Type CR6
Protective cover for EL N5 feed unit.
Edgewise assembly.
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
57
Description
Canalis KTA
Accessories for direct connection to the switchboard
DD202363
The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected directly to the

switchboard busbars.
YB2 copper spacers are available to compensate differences in thickness between
the switchboard bars (10 mm) and the connection part (6 mm).
DD202400
Make-up of kit:
b 8 x 2 mm thick copper spacers
b 16 off M12 x 60 mm bolts, class 8.8
b 16 contact washers
b 16 torque nuts
b 8 steel spacer plates.
Order a set per feed unit whatever the rating.
Switchboard connection accessories using connection plates

DD210784
The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected via connection plates to

the switchboard busbars.
The YC types are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of 1 x 100 mm
(500 mm cross-section).
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking
rating.
There are 3 types:
b YC1, uninsulated 600 mm long bar with 4 oblong holes at one end.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site,
104202DD
DD202402
b YC2, uninsulated bar, made-to-measure length of 250 to 600 mm with 4 oblong

holes at each end, ready to use,
DD202403
b YC5, insulated 1000 mm long flexible bar, stripped at one end and with 4 oblong
holes.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site.
DD205878
Nuts and bolts

The connection plates are fixed to the feed unit using the YB3 nut and bolt kit,
made up of:
b 16 torque nuts
DD202411
Clamps
YS1 clamps enable high short-circuit current levels to be withstood; only for bars
with a 115 mm spacing.
Insulation
See page 59.
58
version: 1.1
K9AE12000.indd
Transformer connections - Types YC, YT

DD205879
The feed unit conductors are connected to the transformer bars via connection
plates or braids:
b connection plates, YC types, are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of
1 x 100 mm (500 mm cross-section).
b braids, YT type, are copper braids with a 600 mm cross-section.
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking
rating.
Connection plates
DD202412
The YC3 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has
4 holes at one end.
They can be fitted to the transformer side:
b either using bar clamps (no drilling),
b or drilled and bolted (to be carried out on site).
DD205880
YS2 and YS3 bar clamps enable connection without the need to drill the connection
plates.
They allow height adjustment.
b Type YS2, bar clamps for 100 mm transformer connection terminals.
b Type YS3, bar clamps for 120 mm transformer connection terminals.
Make-up of kit: 1 set of 8 parts.
DD202414
b The YC4 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has
4 oblong holes at each end (ready to use).
Braids
DD202415
Type YT, 400 mm long insulated braid with 4 holes at each end.
The connection plates and braids are fixed to the feed unit using the YB4 nut and
bolt kit, made up of:
b 16 torque nuts
DD230229
Insulation
DD230230
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with

braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.
Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.
K9AE12000.indd
version: 1.1
59
Description
Canalis KTA
Horizontal supports
273202DD
The ZA types allow the busbar trunking to be fixed and adjusted along its length, as
well as absorbing its movements.
Supports for horizontal sections
DD202485
b Type ZA1, to support edgewise busbar trunking only, consists of a steel angle
bracket and 2 x 2 metre threaded M10 rods.
The maximum distance between supports is:
v 3 metres for edgewise busbar trunking
v 2 metres for flat busbar trunking.
See installation precautions.
DD202368
DD202486
b Type ZA4, to support the busbar trunking from the top.

b These supports are needed to fix edgewise EL N1 to N4 feed units for dry type
transformers (rods not supplied).
DD202369
Fixing bracket
DD202484
The ZA3 keeps the busbar trunking in place on its support, without blocking it, in
order to allow expansion movements.
Vertical supports
DD202496
DD202374
The ZA5 is for supporting vertical sections.

They fix sections of a vertical run to the buildings structure.
This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
b assembly:
v to a wall
v to a wall bracket
v to the floor
b height and depth adjustment
b spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
b avoids the transmission of building forces to the busbar trunking (expansion and
vibration).
For KTA08 to KTA16.
For KTA20 to KTA40.
To a wall.
60
To a wall bracket.
version: 1.1
To the floor.
K9AE12000.indd
Tap-off units
DD210275
The tap-off units are used to instantly connect loads or secondary runs, and comply
with installation standards and regulations (IEC 60364), whatever the earthing
system (TT, TNS, TNC or IT).
When off-load, they can be plugged-on and off and be operated whilst live.
Plugging-on and plugging-off automatically opens and closes the tap-off point.
DD210276
No live part is accessible with the door open. The protection degree is IPXXB
(finger protection).
They are IP55 by construction (no accessory is required).
Safety and operation
Fuse and modular switchgear tap-off units (AC20) are isolated as soon as the tapoff unit door is opened.
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried
out only if the downstreamload is de-energised.
For circuit breaker tap-off units, there are safety mechanisms to prevent:
b the tap-off unit being plugged-on and plugged-off with the tap-off unit door closed
b the door being closed if the tap-off unit has not been locked onto the busbar
trunking
b access to the electrical equipment and connection terminals when live
b the door being opened in the "ON" position for tap-off units fitted with a Compact
NS or NSX or NG circuit breaker.
DD210466
These tap-off units can be fitted with accessories such as:

b door early break contacts
b adapter for lead sealing
b etc.
The sheet steel tap-off units are fitted with a carrying handle.
Characteristics of tap-off units up to 100 A
b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body and carrying handles
v transparent green door (similar design to the Kaedra enclosures).
b Material: self-extinguishing, halogen-free insulating plastic (fire resistant and very
high temperature withstand).
Other characteristics: cable gland drilling zone, stainless steel screws and the door
can be lead sealed.
DD202012
Characteristics of tap-off units from 160 to 400 A

b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body
v black carrying handles (RAL 9005)
v 100 % polyester paint
b Material: galvanized sheet steel.
Other characteristics:
b unhingeable door (120 opening hinges)
b vertically bevelled polyurethane seals with a double fold for increased rigidity
(similar design to the Sarel Spatial 3D enclosures)
b 25 mm grill type gland plates for a maximum access area.
K9AE13000.indd
version: 1.1
61
Description
Plug-on tap-off units for circuit

breakers
Canalis KTA
DD210454
Isolator tap-off units for modular switchgear
Most 18 mm Multi 9 modular devices can be fitted into these tap-off units.
They have a window on the front face for switchgear control and visualisation.
A transparent shutter ensures the window can be sealed.
Two tap-off ratings are available:
b 63 A nominal current for 8 modules
b 100 A nominal current for 12 modules (accepts C120 circuit breakers).
Tap-off units for NG type modular switchgear

DD202154
These tap-off units are fitted with a DIN rail and upstream connections for 18 mm
wide modular devices.
The switchgear is operated via a rotary handle which prevents door opening when
the circuit breaker is in the "ON" position.
Nominal current: 160 A for a 13-module capacity (accepts NG125 or NG160 fitted
with a Vigi unit).
Isolator tap-off units for Compact NSX circuit breakers

DD210461
These tap-off units are fitted with mounting plates and upstream connections
for fixed, front-connected 100 to 400 A Compact NSX circuit breakers (N, H or L
version) with a rotary handle.
The 400 A tap-off units can only be fitted onto straight lengths with a rating greater
than 400 A.
For plug-on circuit breakers, Vigi units, etc, please consult your Schneider Electric
contact.
Measurement and metering isolator tap-off units

DD210465
These tap-off units allow sub-metering to re-allocate power consumption costs by

consumer and to monitor installations by, for example, following run load levels.
The values measured using the Compact NSX TI unit are sent to the measurement
unit which then sends the information to a central unit via a bus (see Measurement
and metering).
They are fitted with:
b a mounting plate for a Compact NSX250 or 400 A circuit breaker with an
extended rotary handle and a Compact NSX current transformer module (TI unit)
b a DIN rail for installing a Powerlogic PM810 measurement unit, a set of
terminals, etc.
In severe operating conditions (> 40 C ambient temperature), we recommend the
use of a PM810 without display.
62
version: 1.1
K9AE13000.indd
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses
These tap-off units provide the tap-offs with fuse protection (fuses not supplied).
Plastic tap-off units

DD210466
Fitted with carriers for:

b 50 to 100 A cylindrical NF fuses
b 25 to 63 A DIN screwed fuses
b 100 A DIN blade fuses
b 32 to 80 A BS screwed fuses.
Steel tap-off units
DD210472
DD202012
Fitted with carriers for:

b 160 to 400 A NF/DIN blade fuses
b 160 A BS screwed fuses.
K9AE13000.indd
version: 1.1
63
Description
Fixed tap-off units for circuit

breakers
Canalis KTA
Safety and operation
The electrical connection is made by plugging-on the tap-off unit into dedicated tapoff point whilst the busbar trunking is de-energised (plugging-off the unit must also
be done with the busbar trunking de-energised).
The connection is mechanically tightened using a one-use torque bolt (10 daN.m).
A mechanical foolproof system avoids the risk of incorrect assembly.
The door can only be opened once the load has been isolated (rotary handle).
The bolt can only be tightened or untightened with the door open.
No live part is accessible with the door open, protection degree IP2X.
Characteristics of tap-off units from 400 to 1250 A
b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body
b Material: galvanized sheet steel.
b Other characteristics:
v the cables exit laterally through 2 aluminium plates (to be drilled by the
installation contractor)
v cabling space can be increased by using the cable box supplied with the tap-off
unit
v the door is fixed using 6 captive M6 screws and can be completely removed to
facilitate cabling.
DD202451
Steel tap-off units
These tap-off units are used to supply loads or secondary runs (e.g. medium power
distribution using Canalis KS).
They are fitted to specific EB type straight lengths.
They comply with installation standards and regulations, whatever the earthing
system (TT, IT, TNS or TNC):
b tap-off units fitted with a mounting plate for Compact NS and NSX 400/1250 A,
3 or 4 P:
v fixed device
v front connections
v extended rotary handle.
DD202497
3 models:
b Compact NSX400/630 A, connection capacity:
v IP54
v 3 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm)
v 150 mm for the PE
b Compact NS800/1000 A, connection capacity:
v IP54
v 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp)
b Compact NS1250 A, connection capacity:
v IP31
v 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp).
64
version: 1.1
K9AE13000.indd
Catalogue numbers and

dimensions
Contents
Index
Introduction
3
19
37
Catalogue-number coding
67
Run components
68
Additional run components
71
Elbow components for changing direction
73
Zed components for changing direction
76
Canalis interfaces for Prisma Plus LV switchboard
78
Canalis interfaces for Okken LV switchboard
80
Sealing kits
81
Feed units for switchboards and oil immersed transformers
82
Rigid protective covers
86
Adjustable protective covers for oil immersed transformers
88
Flexible protective covers Cable boxes
89
Feed units for dry-type transformers
90
Protective covers for dry-type transformers
94
IP55
IP55
73
76
96
100
Accessories
102
Tap-off units from Canalis KS range
103
Accessories for tap-off units from Canalis KS range
112
Bolted tap-off units from Canalis KT for Compact NSX/NS

400 to 1250 A circuit breakers
113
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnetors

for DIN fuses
114
Fire-barrier kit S120 102

63 to 100 A tap-off units for modular devices
103
125 to 160 A tap-off units for modular devices
104
100 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 105
250 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 106
50 to 100 A tap-off units for NF fuses 107
100 to 400 A tap-off units for NF fuses 108
25 to 63 A tap-off units for DIN fuses 109
100 to 400 A tap-off units for DIN fuses
110
32 to 160 A tap-off units for BS fuses
111
IP31 114
Design guide
Recommandations
DEBU021EN_Catalogue numbers.
indd
135
173
233
Coupling isolators from1000 to 2500 A
115
2500 A internal arcing resistant coupling isolator
116
Coupling isolators 3200 A
117
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers

from 1000 1600 A
118
Special products
119
Canalis KH substitution byCanalis KT
121
KHF/KTA connection elements 121

Preserved KH tap-off units and substitution table 122
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
for Compact NSX circuit breakers 125
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range for NF fuses 126
100 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 127
400 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 128
250 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
with Fupact INF fuse switch - IP43 129
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF range,
with isolator and fuse carriers 130
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF or KGF range,
for circuit breaker NS630b, NS800, NS1000 131
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT 132
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT with a T-piece tap-off unit 133
Mid KT line power supply with KH tap-off units installed 134
version: 1.1
65
66
version: 1.1
K9AE20000.indd
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Catalogue-number coding
Canalis KTA
Catalogue-number composition
KT
b One letter designating the material.

Type
Aluminium
Non conducting
Code
A
B
b Two letters identifying the type of component.

Type
Adjustable straight length
Cable box
Bolted tap-off unit
Edgewise and flat zed
Rigid protective cover
Flexible protective cover
Expansion unit
Distribution length for bolt-on tap-off units
Distribution length for plug-in tap-off units
Distribution length for KH plug-in tap-off units
Feed unit for dry-type transformers
Feed unit
Feeder length
End cover
Bolted tap-off unit for fuses
Connection KH/KT
Edgewise elbow
Flat elbow
Tap-off unit with protective device
Tap-off unit with isolator
Edgewise tee
Neutral crossover
Phase crossover
Sealing kit
Connection device
Connection torque nut kit
Flexible bar
Bracket
Insulating sheath
Bar supports
Braids
Supports and fixing devices
Edgewise zed
Flat zed
Code
AJ
BC
CB
CP
CR
CS
DB
EB
ED
EH
EL
ER
ET
FA
HF
HT
LC
LP
PL
SL/RL
TC
TN
TP
TT
YA
YB
YC
YE
YF
YS
YT
ZA
ZC
ZP
p p p p p p p p pp
b Four digits indicationg

the rating of the trunking.
Important: for an 800 A rating,
indicate "KTA0800".
b One digit indicating the trunking

polarity
Polarity
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
3L + N + PER
PE protective
conductor(1)
Standard
Standard
Standard
Reinforced
Reinforced
Short circuit
level(1)
Standard (2)
Standard
Reinforced
Standard
Reinforced
Code
3
4
6 (3)
5
7
(1) For further information, see page 136 "Characteristics".

(2) Reinforced version in 2000 and 2500 A.
(3) Reinforced version in 2500 and 3200 A only.
b Variable number of alphanumeric

characters indicating characteristics
specific to the component.
See the section dealing with the given
component.
Trunking cross section

Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Number of bar jointing bolts
Bar cross-section (mm)
70 x 6
100 x 6
120 x 6
160 x 6
200 x 6
2 x (120 x 6)
2 x (160 x 6)
2 x (200 x 6)
230
230
350
350
350
510
510
DD202180
Trunking height H (mm)
DD205881
DD205882
Holes for connections (mm)
K9AE20000.indd
230
version: 1.1
67
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Run components
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing "pppp" by the rating.
Important:
b for the 800 A rating, add a "0" in the catalogue number : KTA0800
b add the dimensions of the selected component as a technical comment
Example: the catalogue number of an 800 A feeder length, 3L + N + PE,
2450 mm long, is:
KTA0800ET42C, L = 2450
Rating
Straight feeder lengths

DD210794
Type
Fixed
Made to
measure
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
2000
KTAppppET320 KTAppppET420 KTAppppET520
4000
KTAppppET340 KTAppppET440 KTAppppET540
500 to 1500
KTAppppET31A KTAppppET41A KTAppppET51A
1501 to 1999
KTAppppET32B KTAppppET42B KTAppppET52B
2001 to 2500
KTAppppET32C KTAppppET42C KTAppppET52C
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
2501 to 3000
KTAppppET33D KTAppppET43D KTAppppET53D

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppET5pp by
KTAppppET7pp.
(2) To order the 3L+N+PE 2500 A and 3200 A version with reinforced Icc, replace
KTA2500ET4pp by KTA2500ET6pp and KTA3200ET4pp by KTA3200ET6pp.
KTAppppETppp
DD210795
KTAppppETppp
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table opposite.
Straight lengths for KS plug-in tap-off units

Number of
tap-offs
Cat. no.
2000
KTAppppED320 KTAppppED420 KTAppppED520
4000
DD210798
Type Length
"L" (mm)
Fixed
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppED340 KTAppppED440 KTAppppED540

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppED5pp by
KTAppppED7pp.
KTA2500ED4pp by KTA2500ED6pp and KTA3200ED4pp by KTA3200ED6pp.
DD210800
KTAppppEDp20
KTAppppEDp20
DB402701
KTAppppEDp40
16
KTAppppEDp40
68
version: 1.1
K9AE21010.indd
Straight lengths for bolted tap-off units

Number of
tap-offs
Cat. no.
2000
KTAppppEB320 KTAppppEB420 KTAppppEB520
4000
DD205884
Type Length
"L" (mm)
Fixed
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppEB340 KTAppppEB440 KTAppppEB540

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppEB5pp by
KTAppppEB7pp.
KTA2500EB4pp by KTA2500EB6pp and KTA3200EB4pp by KTA3200EB6pp.
KTAppppEBp20
DD205883
DD210803
KTAppppEBp20
KTAppppEBp40
DD210802
KTAppppEBp40
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table below.
Trunking cross-section
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
(1) Important: for the 800 A rating, indicate "KTA0800".
K9AE21010.indd
version: 1.1
69
Run components
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing the "pppp" with the rating.
Important: in the catalogue number, for a rating of 800 A, add a "0": KTA0800.
Example: a transport section 800 A, length 4 m.
Catalogue number for 3L+N+PE: KTA0800EH440.
Straight
lengths for KH plug-in
tap-off units
Type
Length
"L" (mm)
Fixed
Number of Cat. no.

tap-offs
3L+PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (3)
2000
KTAppppEH320
KTAppppEH420 KTAppppEH520
4000
KTAppppEH340
KTAppppEH440 KTAppppEH540
DB402102
DB402025

KTA2500EH4pp by KTA2500EH6pp and KTA3200EH4pp by KTA3200EH6pp.
(3) To order the 3L+N+PER 2500 A and 3200 A version with reinforced Icc, replace
KTA2500EH5pp by KTA2500EH7pp and KTA3200EH5pp by KTA3200EH7pp.
KTAppppEHp20
KTAppppEHppp
DB402127
KTAppppEHp40
70
version: 1.1
K9AE21010.indd

IP55
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 1250 A neutral crossover length,
3L + N + PE, 1000 mm long, is:
KTA1250TN410
Rating
Straight expansion unit

DD210805
Type
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER(1)
Fixed
1000
KTAppppDB310 KTAppppDB410 KTAppppDB510
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppDB510 by
KTAppppDB710.
KTA2500DB4pp by KTA2500DB6pp and KTA3200DB4pp by KTA3200DB6pp.
KTAppppDBp10
DD210806
KTAppppDBp10
Neutral crossover length

DD205885
Type
Fixed
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
1000
KTAppppTN410
3L + N + PE
DD210808
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTNp10
DD205886
Phase crossover length

Type
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
Fixed
1000
KTAppppTP410
3L + N + PE
DD210810
KTAppppTPp10
KTAppppTPp10
K9AE21020.indd
version: 1.1
71
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
Additional jointing units
DD210811
Type
Cat. no.
Jointing unit
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
KTAppppYA3
KTAppppYA4
KTAppppYA4
DD210812
KTAppppYAp
DD210868
KTAppppYAp
End covers
DD205887
Type
End cover
Rating of the
trunking (A)
Height H of the
trunking (mm)
Cat. no.
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
KTB0074FA
KTB0104FA
KTB0124FA
KTB0164FA
KTB0204FA
KTB0244FA
KTB0324FA
KTB0404FA
KTB0ppppFA
DD210814
KTB0ppppFA
(1) For the 800 A rating, indicate "KTA0800".

Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
72
version: 1.1
K9AE21020.indd
Elbow components for changing

direction
IP55
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 2000 A flat elbow, N1, 3L + N + PE with
dimensions A = 300 mm and B = 650 mm is:
KTA2000LP4B1, A = 300, B = 650.
Rating
Flat elbows
DD205888
Type
Fixed
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
N1
KTAppppLP3A1 KTAppppLP4A1 KTAppppLP5A1
N2
Made to
measure
N1
N2
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppLP3A2 KTAppppLP4A2 KTAppppLP5A2

KTAppppLP3B1 KTAppppLP4B1 KTAppppLP5B1
KTAppppLPppp
DD205889
KTAppppLPpp1
DD205892
KTAppppLP3B2 KTAppppLP4B2 KTAppppLP5B2

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppLP5pp by
KTAppppLP7pp.
KTA2500LP4pp by KTA2500LP6pp and KTA3200LP4pp by KTA3200LP6pp.

Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
Fixed
All
300
300
Made to
All
300
301 to 799
301 to 799
300
measure(2)
(2) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
KTAppppLPpp2
Type
Rating (A)
Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
N1
KTAppppLP3C1 KTAppppLP4C1 KTAppppLP5C1
DD205890
Flat elbows with made to measure angles
Made to
measure angle
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER(1)
N2
KTAppppLP3C2 KTAppppLP4C2 KTAppppLP5C2
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppLP5Cp by
KTAppppLP7Cp.
KTA2500LP4pp by KTA2500LP6pp and KTA3200LP4pp by KTA3200LP6pp.
DD205893
KTAppppLPpCp
DD205891
KTAppppLPpC1

Dimensions
Type
KTAppppLPpC2
K9AE22010.indd
Rating (A)
Made to measure All
Dimensions (mm)
A
300
version: 1.1
B
300
W
91 to 179
73
Elbow components for changing

direction
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
DD205894
Edgewise elbows
Type
Cat. no.
Fixed
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppLC3A
KTAppppLC4A
KTAppppLC5A
Made to measure
KTAppppLC3B KTAppppLC4B KTAppppLC5B
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppLC5p by
KTAppppLC7p.
KTA2500LC4p by KTA2500LC6p and KTA3200LC4p by KTA3200LC6p.
DD205895
KTAppppLCpp
KTAppppLCpp

Dimensions
Type
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Made to
276 to 774
275
measure(3)
1000
291 to 789
290
1250
301 to 799
300
1600
321 to 819
320
2000
341 to 839
340
2500
361 to 859
360
3200
401 to 899
400
4000
441 to 939
440
(3) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
Fixed
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
275
276 to 774
290
291 to 789
300
301 to 799
320
321 to 819
340
341 to 839
360
361 to 859
400
401 to 899
440
441 to 939
800(2)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
800(2)
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
74
version: 1.1
K9AE22010.indd
Edgewise tee
DD205896
Type
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed
KTAppppTC3
KTAppppTC4
KTAppppTC5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppTC5 by KTAppppTC7.
(2) To order the 3L+N+PE 2500 A and 3200 A version with reinforced Icc, replace KTA2500TC4
by KTA2500TC6 and KTA3200TC4 by KTA3200TC6.
DD205897
KTAppppTCp
KTAppppTCp

Dimensions
Type
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
800(2)
275
1000
290
1250
300
1600
320
2000
340
2500
360
3200
400
4000
440
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Fixed
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9AE22010.indd
version: 1.1
75
Zed components for changing

direction
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 1600 A edgewise zed unit, N2, 3L + N + PE
with dimensions A = 300 mm, B = 450 mm, C = 300 mm is:
KTA1600ZC42, A = 300, B = 450, C = 300.
Rating
Flat zed units

DD205898
Type
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure
KTAppppZP3
KTAppppZP4
KTAppppZP5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppZP5 by KTAppppZP7.
(2) To order the 3L+N+PE 2500 A and 3200 A version with reinforced Icc, replace KTA2500ZP4
by KTA2500ZP6 and KTA3200ZP4 by KTA3200ZP6.
DD205899
KTAppppZPp
KTAppppZPp

Dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
300
130 to 599
All
C
300
Edgewise zed units

Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER(1)
Made to
N1
KTAppppZC31
KTAppppZC41
KTAppppZC51
measure
N2
KTAppppZC32
KTAppppZC42
KTAppppZC52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppZC5p by
KTAppppZC7p.
KTA2500ZC4p by KTA2500ZC6p and KTA3200ZC4p by KTA3200ZC6p.
DD205900
Type
Position of
neutral
DD205902
KTAppppZCpp
DD205901
KTAppppZCp1
KTAppppZCp2
76
Dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
800(2)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
A
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
B
90 to 549
90 to 579
90 to 599
90 to 639
90 to 679
90 to 719
90 to 799
90 to 879
version: 1.1
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
(2) For the 800 A rating,

indicate "KTA0800".
K9AE22020.indd
Edgewise and flat zed units

DD205903
Type
Made to
measure
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
N1
KTAppppCP31
KTAppppCP41
KTAppppCP51
N2
KTAppppCP32
KTAppppCP42
KTAppppCP52
N3
KTAppppCP33
KTAppppCP43
KTAppppCP53
N4
KTAppppCP34 KTAppppCP44 KTAppppCP54
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppCP5p by
KTAppppCP7p.
KTA2500CP4p by KTA2500CP6p and KTA3200CP4p by KTA3200CP6p.
KTAppppCPp1
DD202188
DD205904
KTAppppCPp1
and KTAppppCPp2
DD202367
DD205905
KTAppppCPp2
KTAppppCPp3
and KTAppppCPp4
DD205906
KTAppppCPp3
Dimensions
Rating (A)
KTAppppCPp4
A
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
800(2)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
(1) See the "Trunking crosssection" table below.

indicate "KTA0800".
Dimensions (mm)
B
195 to 574
210 to 589
220 to 599
240 to 619
260 to 639
280 to 659
320 to 699
360 to 739
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
800(1)
12
13
15
1000
14
16
19
1250
16
18
21
1600
19
22
26
2000
22
26
31
2500
25
30
36
4000
38
45
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
3200
31
37
46
K9AE22020.indd
version: 1.1
77
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis interfaces for Prisma

Plus LV switchboard
Canalis KTA
DD202304
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers

Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NW08/16
Fixed or
drawout
NW20/25
NW32
Fixed or
drawout
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct connection

DD202305
NW40
Fixed or
drawout
Cat. no.
3L+PE
No. of poles Connection

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
3L+N+PE
4P
04716
3L+N+PER
4P
04716+KTB0164PE1
3L+PE
3P
04725
3L+N+PE
4P
04726
3L+N+PER
4P
04726+KTB0244PE1
3L+PE
3P
04735
3L+N+PE
4P
04736
3L+N+PER
4P
04736+KTB0404PE1
3L+PE
3P
04737
3L+N+PE
4P
04738
b
3L+N+PER 4P
For the position in the switchboard, see the "Installation guide".
04715
04738+KTB0404PE1
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Circuit breaker
NW08/16
NW20/32
Rear connection
Connection
Type of circuit
breaker
Number of vertical
modules(1)
Top direct
Fixed or drawout
27
Rear
Fixed
16
Drawout
17
Top direct
Fixed or drawout
28
Rear
Fixed
16
Drawout
17
Fixed or drawout
36
NW40
Rear
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
DD202306
Interfaces for Masterpact NT and Compact NS circuit breakers

Masterpact NT
Circuit Type of
breaker circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NT06/12 Fixed or
drawout
NT16
DD202307
Top direct connection
Fixed or
drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
3L+PE
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
b
3L+N+PER 4P
Circuit Type of
breaker circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NS630b/ Fixed or
1250
drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
Fixed or
drawout
Cat. no.
04703
3L+PE
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
b
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Circuit breaker
Connection
Type of circuit
breaker
Number of vertical
modules(1)
Top direct
Fixed
17
Drawout
18
Rear
Fixed or drawout
16
NT16
Rear
NS1600
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
Fixed or drawout
16
NT06/12
NS630b/1250
78
04704+KTB0164PE1
Compact NS
NS1600
Rear connection
Cat. no.
version: 1.1
K9AE23000.indd
Interface supports and protection covers

DD202308
Masterpact NW
Circuit
breaker
NW08/32
DD202309
03561
NW40
Type of circuit Connection

breaker
Supports Terminal
Cover
extension
bar supports
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct
03561
3 x 04694
04871 + 04861
Rear
03561
2 x 04694
04871 + 04863
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct
03561
04871 + 04861
Rear
03561
04871 + 04863
Masterpact NT
04711
04712
04713
04714
Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
Connection Supports Canalis/

Cover
circuit
breaker
connection
NT06/12
Fixed or
drawout
3P
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
Connection Supports Canalis/

Cover
circuit
breaker
connection
Fixed
3P
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04851
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04851
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04711
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
4P
NT16
Fixed or
drawout
Compact NS
Circuit
breaker
NS630b/
1250
4P
Drawout
3P
4P
NS1600
Fixed
Drawout
Arc-chute covers
Circuit breaker
Masterpact NT
Compact NS
K9AE23000.indd
Type of circuit breaker
Canalis polarity
Cat. no.
Fixed
3P
47335
4P
47336
3P
33596
4P
33597
Fixed
version: 1.1
79
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis interfaces for Okken

LV switchboard
Canalis KTA
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers
DD202310
Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NW08/16
Drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
3P
b
3L+N+PE
4P
b
b
DD202311
Top direct connection (RDH)
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
3L+N+PE
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
NW32
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
87823
87824
87824+KTB0244PE1
87814
87814+KTB0244PE1
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
87815
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
3L+N+PE
Rear connection (RAR)
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
87825
87816
NW40
87822+KTB0164PE1
87813
b
3L+N+PE
87822
87812+KTB0164PE1
b
NW20/25
87811
87821
87812
3L+N+PER 4P
Cat. no.
87826
87816+KTB0404PE1
87826+KTB0404PE1
87827
87828
87817
87818
87818+KTB0404PE1
b
87828+KTB0404PE1
Interfaces forMasterpact NT circuit breakers

DD202312
Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NT08/16
Drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
3P
b
3L+N+PE
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
87811
87821
87812
87822
87812+KTB0164PE1
87822+KTB0164PE1
For the position in the switchboard, see the Installation guide".
DD202313
Top direct connection (RDH)
Cat. no.
Rear connection (RAR)
80
version: 1.1
K9AE23000.indd
Sealing kits
IP55
Interface supports
Circuit breaker
NW08/40
NT08/16
Type of circuit breaker
Connection
Cat. no.
Drawout
Top direct
87800
NW08/32(1)
Drawout
Rear
87801
NT08/16
(1) For rear connection of the interface to a Masterpact NW40 circuit breaker, the supports are
supplied with the interface.
Sealing kits for switchboard and Trihal transformer roofs with interface
DD202314
Type
Sealing kit
Rating of the
trunking (A)
Height H of the
trunking (mm)
Cat. no.
800
74
KTB0074TT01
1000
104
KTB0104TT01
1250
124
KTB0124TT01
1600
164
KTB0164TT01
2000
204
KTB0204TT01
2500
244
KTB0244TT01
3200
324
KTB0324TT01
4000
404
KTB0404TT01
KTB0ppppTT01
Reinforced protective earth (PER) for Prisma Plus and Okken interfaces
Height "H" (mm)
DD230215
Number of holes
Cat.no.
160
KTB0164PE1
240
KTB0244PE1
400
KTB0404PE1
DD230216
KTB0pppPE1
Thickness: 3 mm.
KTB0pppPE1
K9AE23000.indd
version: 1.1
81
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Feed units for switchboards and

oil immersed transformers
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
Important:
b in the catalogue number for the 800 A rating, add a 0: KTA0800
b add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 1250 A made to measure end feed unit, N2,
3L + N + PE, 235 mm long and with between centres J, K and M = 170 mm, is:
KTA1250ER42, A = 235, J = 170, K = 170 and M = 170.
Rating
Straight feed units

Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed
N1
KTAppppER31
KTAppppER41
KTAppppER51
Made to measure N2
KTAppppER32
KTAppppER42
KTAppppER52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppER5p by
KTAppppER7p.
KTA2500ER4p by KTA2500ER6p and KTA3200ER4p by KTA3200ER6p.
DD205907
Type
Position of
neutral
DD210832
KTAppppERp1, KTAppppERp2
3L + N + PE ou PER
KTAppppERp1
KTAppppERp2
3L + PE
DD230218
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table in the

following page.
(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables
with crimped lugs.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800(3) to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Neutral
Dimensions (mm)
N1
N2
N1
N2
N1
N2
A
235
235 to 734
235
235 to 734
235
235 to 734
J, K, M
115
80 to 250
115
80 to 250
115
80 to 250
Y
230
230
350
350
510
510

indicate "KTA0800".
Dimensions of connection pads
82
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
DD205908
Rating (A)
Drilling for connection (mm)
Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
version: 1.1
K9AE24010.indd
DD205909
Flat elbow feed units

Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
Made to measure N3
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppER33
KTAppppER43
KTAppppER53
N4
KTAppppER34 KTAppppER44 KTAppppER54

KTAppppER7p.
KTAppppERp3(3), 3L + N + PE or PER
KTAppppERp4(3), 3L + N + PE or PER
DD205910
DD205911
KTAppppERp3
KTAppppERp4

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 82.
Tableau of dimensions
Rating (A)
Neutral
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
800(4) to 1250 N3, N4
200 to 534
300
1600 to 2500 N3, N4
200 to 534
300
3200 to 4000 N3, N4
200 to 534
300
J, K, M
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
Y
230
350
510
DD205912
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device roof
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
U
800(1) to 1250 230
K/2 + J + 80
1600 to 2500
350
K/2 + J + 80
3200 to 4000
510
K/2 + J + 80
V
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the Y quotation.
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9AE24010.indd
version: 1.1
83
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Feed units for switchboards and

IP55
Canalis KTA
Edgewise elbow feed units
DD205913
Type
Position of
neutral
Made to measure N5
N6
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppER35
KTAppppER45
KTAppppER55

KTAppppER7p.
DD210839
KTAppppERp5(3), 3L + N + PE ou PER
DD205914
KTAppppERp5
KTAppppERp6(3), 3L + N + PE ou PER

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 82.
KTAppppERp6
Table of dimensions
Rating Neutral
(A)
800(4)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
Dimensions (mm)
A
175 to 509
190 to 524
200 to 534
220 to 554
240 to 574
260 to 594
300 to 634
340 to 674
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
J, K, M
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
Y
230
230
230
350
350
350
510
510
(4) For the 800 A rating, indicate

"KTA0800".
DD205915
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J

to calculate the Y quotation.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
U
800(1) to 1250 230
K/2 + J + 80
1600 to 2500
350
K/2 + J + 80
3200 to 4000
510
K/2 + J + 80
V
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
Dimensions of connection pads

Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
84
DD205916
Drilling for connection (mm)

Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
version: 1.1
K9AE24010.indd
Bar feed units, flat outlets

Cat. no.
3L + PE
DD205917
Type
DD202316
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppER57 by
KTAppppER77.
KTAppppERp7
Connection pad dimensions are identical to those of the feed units.

KTAppppERp7
3L + N + PE or PER
DB402690
3L + PE

Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
800(2) to 1250 235 to 734
1600 to 2500 235 to 734
3200 to 4000 235 to 734
P-Q
160 to 600
160 to 600
160 to 600
S - R ou R - S
160 to 600
160 to 600
160 to 600
Q, R, S minimum
80
80
80
Y
230
350
510
(2) For the

800 A rating,
indicate
"KTA0800".
DD205918
Cut-out drawing for straight feed units connected directly to the device
For the 3L + PE version,

consider S = 0 to calculate
the V quotation.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
U
V
800(1) to 1250 230
if S > R, V = S + 80
1600 to 2500
350
U = P + 80
if R > S, V = R + 80
3200 to 4000
510
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
800(1)
12
13
15
1000
14
16
19
1250
16
18
21
1600
19
22
26
2000
22
26
31
2500
25
30
36
4000
38
45
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
3200
31
37
46
K9AE24010.indd
version: 1.1
85
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Rigid protective covers

IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
To order a protective cover onto which a feed connector is fitted, the parameters D,
G and Z, which depend on the feed connector, must be given.
Example: the catalogue number of a rigid vertical protective cover with dimension
Y = 350 mm intended for a feed unit with different between centre dimensions D, G
and Z (in mm) is:
KTB0350CR2, D = 330, G = 450 and Z = 500.
Rigid horizontal protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7
DD205919
Important : when ordering a horizontal cover, make sure you indicate dimensions "D, G and Z"
with the catalogue number.
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR1
KTB0350CR1
KTB0510CR1
Weight (kg)
12.00
12.00
12.00
KTBppppCR1
DD205920
KTBppppCR1
Protective cover for ER N1 to N6 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of the end
feed connector bars to be protected.
The position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for
calculating parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = K/2 + M + 100
G = K/2 + J + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
310 to 800
430 to 800
590 to 800
Protective cover for ER N7 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (P, Q, R and S) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
Position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for calculating
parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = max(R ; S) + 100
G = max(P ; Q) + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = max(P ; Q) + 100
G = max(R ; S)+ 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
86
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
version: 1.1
G
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
Z
310 to 800
430 to 800
590 to 800
K9AE24010.indd
Rigid vertical protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7

Important: when ordering a vertical cover, make sure you indicate dimensions "D, G and Z" with
the catalogue number.
DD202321
400 to 800 mm high covers

Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR2
KTB0350CR2
KTB0510CR2
Weight (kg)
40.00
40.00
40.00
DD202322
KTBppppCR2
KTBppppCR2
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units
Rating (A)
DD202323
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
400 to 800
400 to 800
400 to 800
100 to 400 mm high covers

Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR3
KTB0350CR3
KTB0510CR3
Weight (kg)
17.00
17.00
17.00
KTBppppCR3
DD202324
KTBppppCR3
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions of the end feed
connector bars to be protected.
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
100 to 400
100 to 400
100 to 400

Table of dimensions for ER N7 straight feed units
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
D = max (P ; Q) + 100
G = max (R ; S) + 100
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
100 to 400
100 to 400
100 to 400
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
K9AE24010.indd
version: 1.1
87
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Adjustable protective covers for

IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
Adjustable protective covers for horizontal incomers

DD205921
Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Between centres
"J, K and M" (mm)
150
170
170
Dimensions "Y"
(mm)
230
350
510
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0230CR7
KTB0350CR7
KTB0510CR7
30.00
36.00
42.00
DD206050
KTBppppCR5
KTBppppCR5
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
Z
565
825
905
X
450
650
650
A
830
890
960
B
750
810
880
E
330
350
460
F
125
265
185
G
365
485
645
Adjustable protective covers for vertical incomers

DD202869
Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
Between centres
"J, K and M" (mm)
150
170
170
Dimensions "Y"
(mm)
230
350
510
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0230CR8
KTB0350CR8
KTB0510CR8
30.00
36.00
42.00
DD206051
KTBppppCR8
KTBppppCR8
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
88
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
Z
600
600
600
A
830
890
960
B
750
810
880
version: 1.1
C
345
460
625
E
330
350
460
K9AE24010.indd
Flexible protective covers

Cable boxes
IP55
DD202318
Flexible vertical protective covers for straight feed units

Covers for ER N1 to N7 straight feed units with between centre dimensions = 115 mm.
DD202319
Rating (A)
Dimensions "Y" (mm)
Cat. no.
800 to 1250
230
KTB0230CS0
1600 to 2500
350
KTB0350CS0
3200 to 4000
510
KTB0510CS0
It is recommended to use insulating sheaths KTB0000YF1 with connection braids
KTB0000YT1.
KTBppppCS0
Weight (kg)
15.00
17.00
19.00
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
800 to 1250
1600 to 2500
3200 to 4000
KTBppppCS0
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
C
200 to 650
200 to 650
200 to 650
DD205922
Cut-out drawing for fixing the flexible vertical protective cover
Cable boxes
DD205923
Rating (A)
Dimensions "Y" (mm)
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
800 to 1250
230
KTB0230BC01
15.00
1600 to 2500
350
KTB0350BC01
17.00
3200 to 4000
510
KTB0510BC01
19.00
Cable boxes are only to be used on ER N1 to N6 straight feed units with standard between
centre distances = 115 mm.
KTBppppBC01
DD205924
KTBppppBC01
Cable entry.
Aluminium plate to be drilled.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
800 to 1250
230
1600 to 2500
350
3200 to 4000
510
See table page 85 for connection pad dimensions.
K9AE24010.indd
version: 1.1
89
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Feed units for dry-type

transformers
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
Important:
b in the catalogue number for the 800 A rating, add a "0": KTA0800
b add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 3200 A end feed unit, N2, 3L + N + PER, with
a between centre distance E = 550 mm, length N = 310 mm and phase order
T = 3N21 is:
KTA3200EL72, E = 550 mm, N = 310 mm and T = 3.
Rating
DD202329
N1 and N2 feed units for dry-type transformers

Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
Made to measure N1
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppEL31
KTAppppEL41
KTAppppEL51
N2
KTAppppEL32 KTAppppEL42 KTAppppEL52
For an installation with flat mounted busbar trunking, add angle brackets between the
transformer and the feed unit, see page 93.
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 100.
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppEL5p by
KTAppppEL7p.
KTA2500EL4p by KTA2500EL6p and KTA3200EL4p by KTA3200EL6p.
DD210330n
KTAppppELp1, KTAppppELp2
DD202331
KTAppppELp1
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table page 93.

Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
KTAppppELp2
Neutral
800 to 1250 N1, N2

1600 to 4000 N1, N2
Dimensions (mm)
E
390 to 700
470 to 700
N
195 to E - 195
235 to E - 235
X
160
200
Selecting phase order T
-1/2
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205926
Views according to F
-1/2
-1/2
KTAppppELp2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KTAppppELp1
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205925
KTAppppELp2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Top views
KTAppppELp1
90
version: 1.1
K9AE24020.indd
N3 and N4 feed units for dry-type transformers

DD202333
Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
Made to measure N3
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
KTAppppEL33
KTAppppEL43
KTAppppEL53
N4
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 100.
KTAppppEL7p.
DD210335n
KTAppppELp3, KTAppppELp4
DD202334
KTAppppELp3

Table of dimensions
Rating
(A)
KTAppppELp4
Neutral
800 to 1250 N3, N4

1600 to 4000 N3, N4
Dimensions (mm)
E
390 to 700
470 to 700
N
195 to E - 195
235 to E - 235
F
0 to 200
0 to 200
X
160
200
Selecting phase order T
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205928
KTAppppELp4
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KTAppppELp3
-1/2
-1/2
KTAppppELp4
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205927
Top views
KTAppppELp3
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Views according to F
K9AE24020.indd
See the following page 93.
version: 1.1
91
Feed units for dry-type

transformers
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
N5 feed units for dry-type transformers
DD202337
Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE (2)
3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure N5
KTAppppEL7p.
DB402688
KTAppppELp5 with a phase order T = 2
KTAppppELp5
DD210873n
DB402689
KTAppppELp5 with a phase order T = 3
Table of dimensions
Rating
(A)
Neutral
Y
800 to 1250 N1, N2 230
1600 to 2500 N1, N2 350
3200 to 4000 N1, N2 510
Dimensions (mm)
E
390 to 700
470 to 700
470 to 700
N
195 to E - 195
235 to E - 235
235 to E - 235
X
160
200
200
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table page 93.

Important : the above designs and markings correspond to a phase order of N321, joint block
side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse markings L1 and L3 on the
transformer side.
92
version: 1.1
K9AE24020.indd
DD202340
Angle brackets for installing N1 to N5 feed units flat

Description
Rating (A)
4 angle brackets 800 to 1250

+ screws
1600 to 4000
Phase width "X" (mm)
Cat. no.
160
KTB0000YE1
200
KTB0000YE2
DD210341n
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3L + PE
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
3L + N + PE
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
3L + N + PER
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9AE24020.indd
version: 1.1
93
Protective covers for dry-type

transformers
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTA
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
DD202342
Adjustable vertical protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, edgewise mounting
Type
Vertical cover
Position of neutral
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N1, N2, N3 and N4
KTB0000CR4
24.00
Position of neutral
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N1, N2, N3 and N4
KTB0000CR5
32.00
DD202344
KTB0000CR4
KTB0000CR4
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Z
Minimum
800 to 1250 200
1600 to 2500 200
3200 to 4000 200
Maximum
350
350
350
Adjustable horizontal protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, flat mounting
DD202343
Type
Horizontal cover
DD202345
KTB0000CR5
KTB0000CR5
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Z
Minimum
800 to 1250 330
1600 to 2500 330
3200 to 4000 330
94
Maximum
480
480
480
version: 1.1
K9AE24020.indd
DD202346
Horizontal protective covers for dry-type transformer N5 feed units

Type
Horizontal covers
Position of neutral Dimension "Y"

(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N5
230
KTB0230CR6
38.00
350
KTB0350CR6
40.00
510
KTB0510CR6
47.00
DD202347
KTBppppCR6
KTBppppCR6
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
800 to 1250 230

1600 to 2500 350
3200 to 4000 510
Z
Minimum
380
500
660
Maximum
530
650
810
DD205929
Cut-out drawing for dry-type transformer N5 feed units
K9AE24020.indd
version: 1.1
95
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis KTA
DD202348
Connection plates
Type
Options
Uninsulated with kink
Number of ends drilled
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YC1
2.70
KTB0000YC2
2.70
KTB0000YC3
2.30
KTB0000YC4
2.30
KTB0000YC5
4.50
Connector plates for low voltage

switchboards
Connector plates for transformers
KTB0000YC1
KTB0000YC3
KTB0000YC4
DD202353
DD202352
KTB0000YC2
DD202351
DD202350
Insulated
1
(1) Each connector plate is made up 5 x 1 mm thick sheets.
DD202354
KTB0000YC5
Determining the number of connector plates required

Busbar trunking rating (A)
1000
1600
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
DD205933
DD205932
1000
1250
DD205931
Cross-section (mm2)
DD205930
Number
1000
Connector plates
96
Connector plates per phase
2000 to 2500
3200
4000
1000 to 1600
version: 1.1
K9AE24030.indd
DD205934
Connection braids
Description
Connection braid
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YT1
2.80
DD202356
KTB0000YT1
KTB0000YT1
Determining the number of braids required
Braids per phase

600
1200
1600
1200
2000
1200
2500
1800
3200
1800
4000
2400
Braids
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
DD205938
1250
DD205937
1000
DD205936
Cross-section (mm2)
DD205935
Number
1000
1250 to 2000
2500 to 3200
4000
Insulating sheaths
DD205939
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with

braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.
Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.
Description
Insulating sheath
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YF1
1.00
DD202479
KTB0000YF1
KTB0000YF1
K9AE24030.indd
version: 1.1
97
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis KTA
DD202363
Spacers
Description
KTB0000YB1
1 torque nut + 2 flat washers

( 60) + 1 elastic washer
( 55)
Spacers for direct

connection
8 x 3 mm galvanized steel
KTB0000YB2
spacers + 8 x 2 mm copper
spacers + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts +
washers and nuts
5.50
Spacer plates for connector

plate connections
plates + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts +
washers and nuts
KTB0000YB3
4.00
plates + 16 x M12 X 80 bolts +
washers and nuts
KTB0000YB4
4.00
DD202366
Galvanized steel spacer plates
DD230233
DD202365
Weight
(kg)
Connection torque nut kit
Copper spacer
KTB0000YB2
Cat. no.
DD202364
KTB0000YB3
KTB0000YB4
98
version: 1.1
K9AE24030.indd
DD202359
Bar supports
Description
Bar support, 115 mm between centres
for bar of 5 or 10 mm
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YS1
2.40
DD202360
KTB0000YS1
KTB0000YS1
DD202361
Bar clamps
Description
1 bar clamps
Dimensions of transformer Cat. no.

connection terminals (mm)
Weight (kg)
100
KTB0000YS2
6.40
120
KTB0000YS3
6.40
Order indivisible quantity: 8.

Each bar clamp includes 2 cross members and associated fixings.
KTB0000YS3
DD202500
DD202362
KTB0000YS2
KTB0000YSp
K9AE24030.indd
version: 1.1
99
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis KTA
DD202372
Horizontal supports
Description
Rating
(A)
Busbar trunking
height (mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
1 support from the bottom(2) -
KTB0000ZA1
2.80
Set of 2 supports from the 800

top for universal feeding of 1000 to
dry-type transformer
4000
74
KTB0074ZA4
3.20
104 to 404
KTB0404ZA4
3.80
DD202370
KTB0000ZA1
KTB0000ZA1
Table of dimensions
DD202371
DD202368
KTBppppZA4
Height
H(mm)
74
104 to 404
Dimensions (mm)
A
74
86
B
160
186
C
110
136
(1) See "Busbar trunking cross-section" table opposite.

(2) Threaded rods, length = 2 metres, are supplied with the support.
Hooks
2 fixing grip are needed for each fixing point.
Description
1 fixing grip
Order indivisible quantity: 8.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KTB0000ZA3
0.60
KTB000ZA3
KTB0000ZA3
100
DD202373
DD202369
KTBppppZA4
version: 1.1
K9AE25000.indd
DD202374
Vertical supports
Description
Fixings
Rating
(A)
Busbar trunking height

(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
800 to 1600
74 to 164
KTB0164ZA5
5.75
2000
204
KTB0204ZA5
10.02
2500
244
KTB0244ZA5
10.62
3200
324
KTB0324ZA5
11.82
404
KTB0404ZA5
12.58
4000
For further details, see page 190.
DD202375
KTB0164ZA5
KTBppppZA5
(1) Dimensions with free springs.

Table of dimensions
Rating (A) Dimensions "Y" (mm)
All
50 < Y < 100
KTB0204ZA5 to KTB0404ZA5
DD202499
Table of dimensions
Rating Dimensions (mm)
(A)
L
M
N
2000
202 205 152 to 202
2500
240 245 172 to 222
3000
322 325 212 to 262
4000
402 325 252 to 302
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
DD210867
K9AE25000.indd
2500
3200
4000
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
version: 1.1
101
Accessories
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Fire-barrier kit
Canalis KTA
DB401570
Fire-barrier
Type
Fire-barrier kit
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Busbar trunking
height "H" (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
Fire barrier
length
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
Cat. no.
KTB074CF6
KTB104CF6
KTB124CF6
KTB164CF6
KTB204CF6
KTB244CF6
KTB324CF6
KTB404CF6
DB401571
The filler material around the busbar trunking must meet the requirements currently
in force to guarantee that the wall and ceiling fire-resistance class (for example DIN
1045 and DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
Filler material not supplied.
The fire barrier kit can also be made up on site by the installer according to
Schneider Electric's drawings and specifications.
For further information, consult your sales office.
102
version: 1.1
K9AE25000.indd
63 to 100 A tap-off units from

Canalis KS range for modular
devices
Tap-off unit with isolator, not equipped
Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit cover
System earthing
arrangement
KSB63SMp8,
KSB100SMp12
Busbar trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT(1) TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT(1) TNC
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
(e.g. circuit breaker
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205034
Tap-off polarity
DD205033
DD210454
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only if the
downstreamload is de-energised.
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland Cat. no.

Flexible Rigid (not supplied)
Rating
(A)
Number of 18 mm
modules(3)
Connection
63
On devices
16
16
ISO 50 max.
100
12
On devices
35
35
ISO 63 max.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KSB63SM48
KSB63SM58
2.40
KSB100SM412
KSB100SM512 5.00
(1) The neutral must be protected or not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible).
(3) Supplied with blanking plates:1x5 divisible (8 modules) or 2x5 divisible (12 modules).
(4) Maximum diameter for a multipolar cable.
DD202008
DD210455n
KSB63SMp8, KSB100SMp12
X = 432.5 (KSB63SMp8)
X = 545.5 (KSB100SMp12)
Cable exit
Centre line of tap-off outlets
(5) Protruding
Dimensions Rating (A)
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9AE26010_bis.indd
63
357
158
167
309
108
202
100
444
183
202
397
133
220
version: 1.1
103
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions

Canalis KS range for modular
devices
Canalis KTA
Tap-off units for NG modular devices, not equipped
System earthing
arrangement
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
DD210452
DD202154
The cover of the tap-off unit may be opened or closed only when the circuit breaker
is in the Off position.
KSB160SMp13
Rating
(A)
Type of
circuit-breaker
160
NG125 ou NG160
Rotary handle
28060
Connection
Terminals
Cable gland(3) Cat. no.

(not supplied)
Max. size
(mm2)
Flexible
Rigid
50
70
ISO 25 max.
KSB160SM413
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KSB160SM513 8.50
DD202008
(3) Maximum diameter by unipolar cable.
DD202155
KSB160SMp13
X = 625.5
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
104
version: 1.1
K9AE26010_bis.indd
100 to 400 A tap-off units

from Canalis KS range for
Compact NSX circuit breakers
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppDCp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
DD210451
DD210461
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland(3)

Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
NSX100 or NSX160 Terminals

Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
50
70
ISO 25 max.
KSB160DC4
KSB160DC5
9.00
250
NSX250
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
Terminals
70
150
ISO 32 max.
KSB250DC4
KSB250DC5
12.50
400
NSX400
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
Terminals
150
240
ISO 40 max.
KSB400DC4
KSB400DC5
18.00
Rating
(A)
Type of
circuit breaker
160
Connection
DD210462
DD202008
KSB160DCp
DD202008
X = 625.5
DD210463
KSB250DCp
X = 726.5
DD202008
DD210464
KSB400DCp
X = 976.5
4
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
K9AE26010_bis.indd
version: 1.1
105
250 to 400 A tap-off units

from Canalis KS range for
Compact NSX circuit breakers
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Canalis KTA
Tap-off units for measurements and metering, not eqquiped
System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppDCpTRE
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Connection
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland(3) Cat. no.

DD210452
Tap-off outlets
DD210452
DD210465
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Rating
(A)
Type of circuit
breaker
250
NSX250
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
Terminals
70
150
ISO 32 max.
KSB250DC4TRE KSB250DC5TRE 13.50
400
NSX400
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
Terminals
150
240
ISO 40 max.
KSB400DC4TRE KSB400DC5TRE 19.50
DD202085
DD202008
KSB250DCpTRE
DD202008
X = 726.5
DD202086
KSB400DCpTRE
X = 976.5
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
106
version: 1.1
K9AE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for NF fuses
Tap-off unit with isolator for cylindrical fuses
System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppSFp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
(e.g. fuse protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland(3) Cat. no.

Connection
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
DD210470
DD210466
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KSB50SF5
2.40
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
50
NF 14 x 51
Type gG : 50 A max.
Type aM : 50 A max.
100
NF 22 x 58
Terminals
50
50
ISO 63 max. KSB100SF4
KSB100SF5
5.00
Type gG : 100 A max.
Type aM : 100 A max.
(1) The neutral must be not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible only if N not
distributed).
Terminals
25
25
ISO 50 max.
KSB50SF4
DD210467n
DD202008
KSB50SFp, KSB100SFp
X = 432.5 (KSB50SFp)
X = 545.5 (KSB100SFp)
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9AE26010_bis.indd
50
356
153
167
309
103
202
100
444
178
202
397
128
220
version: 1.1
107
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions

Canalis KS range for NF fuses
Canalis KTA
Tap-off unit with isolator for blade-type fuses
System earthing
arrangement
DD210472
KSB400SEp
KSB160SEp
KSB250SEp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210470
Tap-off polarity
DD210471
DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover
opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 112).
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland

Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Size 00
Terminals
50
50
ISO 63(3) max.
KSB100SE4(5)
KSB100SE5(5) 5.00
Size 00
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20(4) max.
KSB160SE4
KSB160SE5
11.00
Size 0
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20(4) max.
KSB160SF4
KSB160SF5
11.00
250
Size 1
Terminals
150
150
ISO 32(4) max.
KSB250SE4
KSB250SE5
20.00
400
Size 2
Terminals
240
240 ISO 40(4) max. KSB400SE4
KSB400SE5
29.20
distributed).
(3) Maximum diameter for a unipolar cable.
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100A dimensions, see Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses, page 107 cat.
no. KSB100SFp.
Rating
(A)
For blade-type fuses

(not supplied)
100
160
Connection
Weight
(kg)
(1)
DD210473n
DD202008
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
(2)
(1)
6
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
160
450
257
300
395
207
32
32
182
250
600
308
400
548
258
32
32
192
DD210474n
DD202008
KSB400SEp
X = 855
Cable exit: (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
108
version: 1.1
K9AE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
Tap-off unit with isolator for screw-type fuses
Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit covert
System earthing
arrangement
KSBppSpp
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
25
Diazed E27
50
Noezd E18
63
Diazed E33
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
DD210470
DD210466
Max. size (mm2) Cable gland(3)

Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Terminals
25
25
ISO 50 max
KSB25SD4
KSB25SD5
2.40
Terminals
25
25
ISO 50 max.
KSB50SN4
KSB50SN5
2.40
Terminals
25
25
ISO 63 max.
KSB63SD4
KSB63SD5
2.40
Connection
distributed).
DD202008
DD205037
KSBppSpp
X = 432.5 (KSB25SDp, KSB50SNp)

X = 545.5 (KSB63SDp)
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9AE26010_bis.indd
25 and 50
356
153
167
309
103
202
63
444
178
202
397
198
220
version: 1.1
109
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions

Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
Canalis KTA
Tap-off unit with isolator for blade-type fuses
System earthing
arrangement
DD210472
KSB400SEp
KSB160SEp
KSB250SEp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + N + PE(2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210470
Tap-off polarity
DD210471
DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover
opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 112).

Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Size 00
Terminals
50
50
ISO 63(3) max.
KSB100SE4(5)
KSB100SE5(5) 5.00
160
Size 00
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20(4) max.
KSB160SE4
KSB160SE5
11.00
250
Size 1
Terminals
150
150
ISO 32(4) max.
KSB250SE4
KSB250SE5
20.00
400
Size 2
Terminals
240
240 ISO 40(4) max. KSB400SE4
KSB400SE5
29.20
distributed).
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100 A dimensions, see "Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses", page 107,
catalogue number KSB100SFp.
Rating
(A)
For blade-type fuses

(not supplied)
100
Connection
Weight
(kg)
(1)
DD210473n
DD202008
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
(2)
(1)
6
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
160
450
257
300
395
207
32
32
182
250
600
308
400
548
258
32
32
192
DD210474n
DD202008
KSB400SEp
X = 855
Cable exit : (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
110
version: 1.1
K9AE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for BS fuses
Tap-off units for screw-mounted fuses
Disconnection by unplugging the tap-off unit
System earthing
arrangement
DD202014
KSB160SG4
Busbar trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT(1)
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT(1)
Tap-off polarity
3L + N + PE(2)
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210470
DD202013

Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Terminals
25
25
ISO 50(3) max
KSB32SG4
2.40
BS88 A1 or A3
Terminals
35
50
ISO 63(3) max or KSB80SG4

ISO 20(4) max
5.00
BS88 B1 or B2
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20(4) max
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
32
BS88 A1
80
160
Connection
KSB160SG4
11.00
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
KSBppSG4
DD202267n
DD202008
KSB32SG4, KSB80SG4
A
B
C
D
E
F
32
356
153
167
309
103
202
80
444
178
202
397
128
220
X = 432.5 (KSB32SG4)
X = 545.5 (KSB80SG4)
DD202015n
DD202008
KSB160SG4
X = 577.5
Cable exit
(5) Protruding
K9AE26010_bis.indd
version: 1.1
111
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Accessories for tap-off units

from Canalis KS range
Canalis KTA
Accessories for all tap-off units for modular devices
Designation
Description
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Modular blanking plate Divisible set of 10 x 5
13940
0.08
Adhesive label(1)
Set of 12 label-holders (H = 24 mm,

W = 180 mm)
08905
Set of 12 labels (H = 24 mm, W = 432 mm)
08903
Set of 12 divisible labels (H = 24 mm,

08907
W = 650 mm)
(1) Self-adhesive support complete with transparent cover and paper label.
Accessories for all sheet-metal tap-off units

Designation
For tap-off unit
Cover contact
KSB100Sp to KSB400Sp
(break before opening)
112
version: 1.1
Order in
multiples of
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KSB400ZC1 0.03
K9AE26010_bis.indd
Bolted tap-off units from

Canalis KT for Compact NSX/NS
400 to 1250 A circuit breakers
Bolted tap-off units for Compact NSX/NS with front connections(1)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Max. connection capacity

(mm2)
DD210452
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
DD210451
3L + PE
DD230225
Tap-off polarity
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Rating
(A)
Type of circuit
breaker(2)
400 to
630
NSX400 or NSX630 3 x 300

Rotary handle
32598
150
KTB0630CB3
KTB0630CB4
KTB0630CB5
35.00
800 to
1000
NS800 or NS1000(3) 4 x 300

Rotary handle
33878
200
KTB1000CB3
KTB1000CB4
KTB1000CB5
45.00
1250(4)
NS1250
Rotary handle
33878
240
KTB1250CB3
KTB1250CB4
KTB1250CB5
50.00
Phases and neutral
4 x 300
PE
DD202451
(1) Installation KTAppppEBppp bolted section only.

(2) Circuit breaker and rotary handle not supplied.
(3) It is recommended a derating factor of 0.93 be applied when using a Compact NS1000
type L circuit breaker.
(4) IP31 only.
DD205939
KTBppppCBp from 400 to 1000 A
DD202497
KTB0630CBp
Table of dimensions
Dim.
A
B
C
D
E
400 to
630
860
350
300
547
315
800 to
1000
1130
550
330
710
510
DD230206
KTB1000CBp
Rating (A)
DD205940
From 1250 A
DD210880
KTB1250CBp
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
K9AE26020bis.indd
version: 1.1
113
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off

units with switch-disconnetors
for DIN fuses
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
IP31
Canalis KTA
Bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnectors(1)

3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Max. connection capacity

(mm2)
DD230228
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
DD230226
3L + PE
DD230227
Tap-off polarity
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Rating
(A)
DIN fuse size

(not supplied)(2)
630(3)
T3
3 x 300
150
KTB0630HF3
KTB0630HF4
KTB0630HF5
54.00
1000(3)
T4
4 x 300
200
KTB1000HF3
KTB1000HF4
KTB1000HF5
96.00
Phases and neutral
PE
DD230200
(1) Installation KTAppppEBppp bolted section only.

(2) Switch-disconnectors and rotary handle supplied.
(3) Derating coefficient to apply:0.8.
DD230223
KTBppppHFp
DD230203
KTB0630HFp
Table of dimensions
Dim.
DD210880
KTB1000HFp
A
B
C
D
E
Rating (A)
630
1108
480
300
786.5
315
1000
1438
690
330
1010
510
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
114
version: 1.1
K9AE26020bis.indd
Coupling isolators from

1000 to 2500 A
Compact NS type NA coupling isolators
DD202377
Fits equally on ducting in a flat position, on the edge or vertically.

Tap-off unit door locking is achieved using a door key lock.
Rating
(A)
Type of
isolator
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER(1)
Weight
(kg)
1000
NS1000 NA
KTA1000SL31
KTA1000SL41
KTA1000SL51
135.00
1250
NS1250 NA
KTA1250SL31
KTA1250SL41
KTA1250SL51
140.00
1600
NS1600 NA
KTA1600SL31
KTA1600SL41
KTA1600SL51
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppSL51 by
KTAppppSL71.
150.00
KTAppppSLp1
DD202381
DD202378
KTAppppSLp1
Interpact INV coupling isolators

DD202377

Rating
(A)
Type of
isolator
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER(1)
Weight
(kg)
INV2000
KTA2000SL31
KTA2000SL41
KTA2000SL51
170.00
2500
INV2500
KTA2500SL31
KTA2500SL41
KTA2500SL51
KTAppppSL71.
180.00
2000
DD202378
KTAppppSLp1
DD202381
KTAppppSLp1
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
DD210867
K9AE26030_bis.indd
2500
3200
4000
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
version: 1.1
115
2500 A internal arcing resistant

coupling isolator
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Canalis KTA
DB402026
Coupling isolator with Interpact INV

To be installed edgeways on busbar trunking, door accessible from above or below.
The enclosure door is fitted with a key lock.
Rating
(A)
Type of switch
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
Weight
(kg)
2500
INV 2500 right
KTA2500RL61
KTA2500RL71
14.00
2500
INV 2500 left
KTA2500RL62
KTA2500RL72
18.00
DB401409
KTA2500RL61, KTA2500RL71
DB401410
The enclosure withstands internal arcing for a short circuit current of 110 kA during
0.1 s.
DD202381
KTA2500RL62, KTA2500RL72
116
version: 1.1
K9AE26030_bis.indd
Coupling isolators 3200 A
Masterpact NW coupling isolators

DD205941
Notice: If the coupling isolator is installed on a horizontal busbar trunking the

device must be only used as a disconnector and without any accessories (MX, XF,
Motor MCH...).
Rating
(A)
Type of
isolator
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER(1)
3000(2)
NW3200 HA
KTA3200SL31 KTA3200SL41 KTA3200SL51
KTAppppSL71.
(2) The use of this coupling isolator requires derating the busway run to 3000 A.
Weight
(kg)
320.00
DD205942
KTA3200SLp1
KTA3200SLp1
244
K9AE26030_bis.indd
version: 1.1
117
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Protection of the run using

Compact NS circuit breakers
from 1000 1600 A
Canalis KTA
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers
DD202377

Rating
(A)
Type of
isolator (2)
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER(3)
Weight
(kg)
1000
NS1000 N
KTA1000PL31
KTA1000PL41
KTA1000PL51
135.00
1250
NS1250 N
KTA1250PL31
KTA1250PL41
KTA1250PL51
140.00
1600
NS1600 N
KTA1600PL31
KTA1600PL41
KTA1600PL51
150.00
DD202378
KTAppppPLp1
DD202381
KTAppppPLp1

(2) Manual fixed compact NS circuit breakers type N equipped with a Micrologic 2.0 control
unit.
(3) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTAppppPL51 by
KTAppppPL71.
Protection of a run > 1600 A

To install protection of a run > 1600 A, consult your sales office.
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
DD210867
118
2500
3200
4000
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
version: 1.1
K9AE26030_bis.indd
Special products
For further information about the use and the dimensions, consult your sales office.
Double skin aluminium enclosure
DD205943
DD210884
For outdoor applications.
Reduction sections
DD210883
For reducing busbar trunking ratings.

NOTE: must be used in conjunction with appropriate protection.
Table of sizes
HA
HB
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
DD230234
Available.
DD205944
Edgewise elbow with made to measure angles
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
119
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
Special products
Canalis KTA
DD210885
4-limb zed unit
DD210881
Edgewise/flat elbow feed unit
On demand
b
b
b
b
120
Surface treatment on conductors for corrosive atmospheres.

Special colours.
Seaworthy packaging.
etc.
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
Canalis KH substitution
byCanalis KT
new
KHF/KTA connection elements
Canalis KTA or KHF

Connection elements
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
Weight (kg)
KTB0350HT01
KTB0350HT01
KTB0350HT01
63.00
KTB0350HT02
KTB0350HT02
KTB0350HT02
80.00
See the table
KTB0510HT01
KTB0510HT01
KTB0510HT01
88.00
below
KTB0510HT02
KTB0510HT02
KTB0510HT02
127.00
KTB0510HT03
KTB0510HT03
KTB0510HT03
137.00
End feed units (E=115) are not included in the reference and must be ordered separately
KTB0pppHT0p
DB402128
DB401490
Ratings (A)
Table of dimensions
KTB0350HT01
KTB0350HT02
KTB0510HT01
KTB0510HT02
KTB0510HT03
A
850
850
890
890
890
B
331.5
331.5
310
310
310
C
518.5
518.5
580
580
580
D
300
300
300
300
300
DB402827
DB402826
KHF type Rating L busway KT type
E
300
300
300
300
300
F
600
600
600
600
600
G
258
258
329
329
329
H
208
208
306
306
306
I
466
466
635
635
635
Rating H busway H flange Connection ref.
KHF14
1000
166
KTA1000
1000
104
230
KHF16
1200
166
KTA1250
1250
124
230
KHF18
1450
166
KTA1600
1600
164
350
KHF26
2200
238
KTA2500
2500
244
350
KHF28
2500
238
KTA2500
2500
244
350
KHF36
3000
310
KTA3200
3200
324
510
KHF38
3500
310
KTA4000
4000
404
510
KHF46
4000
382
KTA4000
4000
404
510
KHF48
4500
382
KTC5000 (1) 5000
404
510
KTB0510HT02
KHF56
5000
454
KTC5000 (1) 5000
404
510
KTB0510HT03
KHF58
5500
454
KTA1600
KTB0350HT02
KTB0510HT01
Line extension with KT is not possible
(1) See the KTC catalogue for details of the product range.
KHF14
KHF26
KHF36
KHF46
KHF16
KHF28
KHF38
KHF48
KHF18
KTA1000 KTA1250
KTB0350HT01
KTA2500
KHF Polarity
KTA3200
KHF56
KHF58
KTA4000
KTA5000
KTA Polarity
3L+PE
3L+PE
3L+1/2N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PER (2)
3L+N+PER
(2) Version with 120 mm2 cu conductor or entire conductor.
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
121
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Canalis KTA
byCanalis KT
Preserved KH tap-off units
and substitution table
Plug-in tap-off units

Protection type
Isolator and fuse carriers
Polarity
Rating
Catalogue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PE
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
KH016SD13
KH025SD13
KH040SD13
KH063SD13
KH016SD14
KH025SD14
KH040SD14
KH063SD14
KH016SD15
KH025SD15
KH040SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD1530758
KH016SD24
KH025SD24
KH040SD24
KH063SD24
KH020SD33
KH031SD33
KH050SD33
KH005SD34
KH010SD34
KH020SD34
KH025SE341
KH031SD34
KH040SE341
KH050SD34
KH063SE341
KH005SD35
KH010SD35
KH020SD35
KH025SE351
KH031SD35
KH040SE351
KH050SD35
KH063SE351
KH020SD44
KH031SD44
KH050SD44
KH016SD541
KH025SD541
KH040SD541
KH063SD541
KH016SD551
KH025SD551
KH040SD551
KH063SD551
KH016SD542
KH025SD542
KH040SD542
KH063SD542
KH016SD552
KH025SD552
KH040SD552
KH063SD552
KH063SD841
KH010SD85
KH025SD85
KH040SD85
KH063SD85
KH063SD8502
KH040SD9502
KH063SD9502
KH0SD108919802
KH0SD108919803
KH0SD108920002
KH0SD108922201
KH0SD108922202
KH0SD107080401
KH0SD107076901
KH0SD107080402
KH0SD107076902
KH0SD1530710
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
KH025SD15
KH025SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD15
KH025SD14
KH063SD14
KH025SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD15
No
No
No
No
KH025SE351
KH040SE351
KH063SE351
KH025SE341
KH025SE341
KH025SE341
KH040SE341
KH063SE341
KH025SE351
KH025SE351
KH025SE351
KH040SE351
KH063SE351
No
No
No
KH025SD541
KH063SD541
KH025SD541
KH063SD551
KH025SD542
KH063SD541
KH025SD542
KH063SD551
No
KH063SD85
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
3L+NP+PE
Switch and fuse carriers
3L+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
3L+NP+PE
Circuit breaker manuel
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Circuit breaker electrical control
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Muller Isolator
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Muller Isolator + Pelha
3L+PEN
Dumeco switch
Other
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
-
122
160
250
400
630
200
315
500
50
100
200
250
315
400
500
630
50
100
200
250
315
400
500
630
200
315
500
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
630
100
250
400
630
400
630
-
100
60
100
60
400
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
new
Bolted tap-off units
Protection
Isolator and fuse carriers
Polarity
Rating
Catalogue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PE
160
KH016SB131
KH016SB132
KH025SB131
KH025SB132
KH040SB131
KH040SB132
KH063SB131
KH063SB132
KH086SB131
KH086SB132
KH0SB331132
KH016SB141
KH016SB142
KH025SB141
KH025SB142
KH040SB141
KH040SB142
KH063SB141
KH063SB142
KH086SB141
KH086SB142
KH016SB151
KH016SB152
KH025SB151
KH025SB152
KH040SB151
KH040SB152
KH063SB151
KH063SB152
KH086SB151
KH086SB152
KH016SB241
KH016SB242
KH025SB241
KH025SB242
KH040SB241
KH040SB242
KH063SB241
KH063SB242
KH086SB241
KH086SB242
KH086SB331
KH086SB332
KH025SB331
KH025SB332
KH040SB331
KH040SB332
KH063SB331
KH063SB332
KH086SB351
KH086SB352
KH025SB341
KH025SB342
KH025SB441
KH025SB442
KH040SB341
KH040SB342
KH040SB441
KH040SB442
KH063SB341
KH063SB342
KH063SB441
KH063SB442
KH086SB341
KH086SB342
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
KH025SB131
KH025SB132
KH063SB131
KH063SB132
KH086SB132
KH025SB141
KH025SB142
KH063SB141
KH063SB142
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
250
400
630
1000
3L+N+PE
160
250
400
630
1000
3L+PEN
160
250
400
630
1000
3L+NP+PE
160
250
400
630
1000
Switch and fuse carriers
3L+PE
1000
3P+PE
250
400
630
3P+PEN
1000
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
1000
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
123
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Canalis KTA
byCanalis KT
Preserved KH tap-off units
and substitution table
Bolted tap-off units

Protection
Switch and fuse carriers (cont)
Polarity
Rating
Catalogue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PEN
250
KH025SB351
KH025SB352
KH040SB351
KH040SB352
KH063SB351
KH063SB352
KH086SB5311
KH086SB5312
KH025SB5411
KH025SB5412
KH040SB5411
KH040SB5412
KH063SB5411
KH063SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH025SB5511
KH025SB5512
KH040SB5511
KH040SB5512
KH063SB5511
KH063SB5512
KH086SB5511
KH086SB5512
KH025SB5521
KH040SB5521
KH063SB5521
KH025SB5421
KH025SB5422
KH040SB5421
KH040SB5422
KH063SB5421
KH063SB5422
KH025SB5522
KH040SB5522
KH063SB5522
KH040DD411
KH0SB1393108
KH0SB1393132
KH0SA345794
KH0SB1041086
KH0SA1088568
KH0SA1088123
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
No
No
No
No
No
No
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
400
630
Circuit breaker manuel
3L+PE
1000
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
1000
3L+PEN
250
400
630
1000
Circuit breaker electrical controle 3P+PEN
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
250
400
630
3L+PEN
Circuit breaker plug-out
3L+PEN
250
400
630
1000
Others
1000
1500
2000
124
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis

KH range for Compact NSX circuit
breakers
new
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
DB402027
Plug-in tap-off units for extended rotary

Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
Tap-off polarity
KH0ppSD5pp
Rating Type of
(A)
circuit
breaker
DD210452
Tap-off diagram
Cable
Cable
capacity clamp on
(mm2)
(mm)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB401484
System earthing
arrangement (1)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
250
NSX250 N/H/L 1 x 150
30...70
KH025SD541
KH025SD551
32.00
630
NSX630 N/H/L 2 x 300
2 x 30...70
KH063SD541
KH063SD551
45.00
(1) These units can be fitted either on Canalis KTA or KHF.
Plug-in tap-off units for motor mechanisme control 220 V 50 Hz (not supplied)
Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
Tap-off polarity
DD210452
Tap-off diagram
Rating Type of circuit Cable

Cable
(A)
breaker
capacity clamp on
2
(mm )
(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
NSX250 N/H/L
control 31541
KH025SD542
KH025SD552
32.00
630
NSX630 N/H/L
control 32841
KH063SD542
KH063SD552
45.00
KH063SDppp
DD402104
DD402103
L1 L2 L3 N PE
250
KH025SDppp
DB401483
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB401484
System earthing
arrangement (1)
DB401483
x = 520
x = 646
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
125
byCanalis KT
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new

KH range for NF fuses
Canalis KTA
Tap-off units with isolator for blade-type fuses
System earthing
arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
Tap-off polarity
KH0ppSD1p
Rating
(A)
DD210470
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
DB402028
Tap-off disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only
if the downstreamload is de-energised.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Fuse Cable
Cable
size capacity clamp on
(mm2)
(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
250
1 x 95
1 x 30-70
KH025SD14
KH025SD15
37.00
630
2 x 185
2 x 30-70
KH063SD14
KH063SD15
56.00
DD402108
KH063SDpp
DD402107
KH025SDpp
DD202008
DD202008
x = 790
126
x = 920
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
new
100 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis

KH range with disconnector Jean Muller
Tap-off units with disconnector Jean Muller

System earthing arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
Tap-off unit
DB402115
Tap-off polarity
DD210471
Ith (A)
Fuse
size
With MULLER disconnector
00
1
Cable
capacity
(mm2)
1 x 50
1 x 95
2
1 x 185
400
3
2 x 185
630
KH010SD85
TNC
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
100
250
TNC
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KH010SD85
KH025SD85
12.50
37.00
KH040SD85
KH063SD85
39.00
46.00
DB402116
KH010SD85
DB402118
DB402117
KH025SD85 - KH040SD85 - KH063SD85
KH040SD85
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
127
byCanalis KT
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new

KH range with disconnector Jean Muller
Canalis KTA
Tap-off units with disconnector internal arc tested IEC 61-641
DD401398
Busbar
trunking
Tap-off unit
Tap-off polarity
TNC
TNC
3L + PEN
DD210471
Tap-off diagram
Ith (A)
Fuse
size
400
Cable
capacity
(mm2)
1 x 185
630
2 x 185
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KH040SD9502
39.00
KH063SD9502
46.00
KH040SD9502
DB401399
KH040SD9502
Connecting box is equipped with a 30 to 70mm aluminium cable clamp.
DB401401
DD401400
KH063SD9502
KH063SD9502
Connecting plate is equipped with 4 plastic cable clamps.

128
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
new
250 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis

KH range with Fupact INF fuse switch
IP43
Tap-off units with Fupact INF fuse switch

DB401471
Tap-off unit installed under voltage, unloaded, for KTA2500, KTA3200, KTA4000.
Functionalities
b Insulation and protection of the outlet by Fupact fuse-switch Schneider Electric

(supplied).
b IP43 for both mounting positions, above or below the busbar trunking.
Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT
TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L+ PEN
Tap-off polarity
Rating (A)
DB401476
KH0ppSE3p1
DD210470
Tap-off diagram
Ith (A)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Fuse size
(DIN 43653)
Cat. no.
DB401472
L1 L2 L3 N PE
250
250
KH025SE341
KH025SE351
400
350
KH040SE341
KH040SE351
630
500
KH063SE341
KH063SE351

Dimensions KHOppSE3p1
Dimensions (mm)
DB401480
KH025SEp1
KH040SEp1
KH063SEp1
569
569
665
700
760
765
590
590
620
165
165
165
255
255
285
550
550
650
Optional accessories
DB401475
Accessories
Cat. no.
Extension handle (for KH0ppSE3p1)
KH063ZA03
Cable box with 1 hole (for for KH025SE3p1)

(cable gland not supplied, to be ordered separately)
KH025ZA05

KH040ZA05

KH063ZA05

KH040ZA06

KH063ZA06
Cable gland (185 - 240 mm2) for cable boxes KH0ppZA05 and KH0ppZA06
KH063ZA10
DB401473
DB401474
Extension handle.
Cable box with 1 hole + cable

gland.
K9AE27000_bis.indd
Cable box with 2 hole + cable

glands.
version: 1.1
129
byCanalis KT
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units for Canalis

KHF range, with isolator and fuse carriers
Canalis KHF only
Tap-off units with isolator for blade-type fuses
System earthing
arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNC-IT (3)
Tap-off
unit
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNS-IT (3)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
Tap-off polarity
Rating
(A)
DB401487
Cat. no. (4)
Weight Cat. no. (4)

(kg)
Weight
(kg)
250
1 x 150
1 x 30-70
KH025SB13p
46.00
KH025SB14p
48.00
630
2 x 300
2 x 30-70
KH063SB13p
71.00
KH063SB14p
75.00
1000
4 x 185
KH086SB13p
86.00
KH086SB14p
90.00
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KHF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
(3) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
(4) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label
side. The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the
label.
Opposite of yellow label.
KH0ppSBppp
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a 2
l
i
a til
v
A un
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Fuse Cable
Cable
size capacity clamp on
2
(mm )
(mm)
DB402113
In front of yellow label.
L1 L2 L3 PE
DB401486
KH0ppSB1pp
DD230227
Tap-off diagram
DD230226
DB401455
160/250
Rating (A)
540
500
630
265
e
-
400/630
640
600
750
290
1000
650
485
300
120
Connexion equipment for type SB (2) tap-off units
Note: this equipment sould be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
Type of busbar trunking SB tap-off unit (except 1000 A) SB tap-off unit 1000 A only
KHF 14/16
KH016CB
KH016CB311571
KHF 18
KH018CB
KH018CB311571
KHF 26/28
KH026CB
KH026CB311571
KHF 36/38
KH036CB
KH036CB311571
KHF 46/48
KH046CB
KH046CB311571
KHF 56/58
KH056CB
KH056CB311571
(2) The neutral must be not distributed (3L + PE) for the IT system.
130
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
new
Canalis KHF only
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF

range, for circuit breaker NS630b,
NS800, NS1000
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF range
Busbar
trunking
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNC-IT
Tap-off unit
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
Tap-off polarity
DD230225
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a 2
l
i
a til
v
A un
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD210452
DB401485
b Tap-off units are installed in the joint of 2 elements (1).

b The link between tap-off unit and busbar trunking is realised by a set connecting
links (see below the complementary kit catalogue numbers).
b Connection of 3 cables maxi per phase (holes 14).
b Protection indice: IP31.
b Type of circuit breaker:
v extended rotary handle ref. 33878
v fixed device with Front connection.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB40487
DB401487
DB401486
KH086SB5p1p
In front
In
front of
of yellow
yellow label.
label.
Rated
Control Type of
current In
circuit
(2)
35 C
breakers
1000 A
Manual
Opposite of
Opposite
of yellow
yellow label.
label.
N, H, L
MG
NS630b,
NS800,
NS1000 (2)
Side
Cat. no. (3)
Weight
(kg)
In front of
yellow label
KH086SB5311
Opposite of
yellow label
KH086SB5312 KH086SB5412 88.00
KH086SB5411 88.00
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KHF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
(2) The circuit breaker more than 1000 A, with the same dimension, cannot be used on these tapoff units.
(3) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label side.
The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the label.
Connexion equipment for type SB5 tap-off units

Complementary kit
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a
l
i
2
a til
v
A un
K9AE27000_bis.indd
Note: this equipment should be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
Type of busbar
trunking
Cat. no.
Mounting position
KHF 14/16/18
KH018CB86NS
KHF 26/28
KH028CB86NS
KHF 36/38
KH038CB86NS
KHF 46/48
KH048CB86NS
KHF 56/58
KH058CB86NS
or
version: 1.1
131
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means

of Canalis KT
DB401535
Canalis KTA
byCanalis KT
132
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means

of Canalis KT with a T-piece tap-off unit
DB401534
new
K9AE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
133
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Mid KT line power supply with KH tap-off

units installed
DB401497
Canalis KTA
byCanalis KT
134
version: 1.1
K9AE27000_bis.indd
Contents
Design guide
Index
Introduction
3
19
37
65
Characteristics
136
Other characteristics
139
Determining the rating
140
Sizing the busbar trunking
142
Protection of circuits supplied by several paralleled transformers
144
Coordination
146
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking coordination
149
Protecting busbar trunking with a Compact NS circuit breaker
151
Selection guide
152
154
Harmonic currents
156
Direct current
158
Frequencies
160
Measurements and metering
161
Fire resistance
164
Seismic resistance
166
Testing and commissioning procedure
168

Recommandations
173
233
Canalis KTA 3L + PE 136

Canalis KTA 3L + N + PE 137
Canalis KTA 3L + N + PER 138
Providing power distribution using Canalis 140
Protection of busbar trunking against overloads 146

Protection against short-circuits 148
Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit breaker 149
Limiter circuit breaker 150
400 Hz 160
Transparent Ready units 161
DEBU021EN_Design guide.indd
version: 1.1
135
Characteristics
Design guide
Canalis KTA 3L + PE
Canalis KTA
Characteristics of run sections
Symbol Unit
General characteristics

800
1000
1250
1600
Compliance with standards
2000
2500
3200
4000
IEC/EN 60439-2
Protection degree
IP
55
Any installation (indoors only) is possible for the busbar truncking: edgewise, flat
or vertical. See test condition, page 155.
Shock resistance
IK
08
Nominal rated current at an ambient temperature of 35 C Inc
800
1000
1250
1600
Rated insulation voltage
Ui
2000
2500
3200
4000
Rated operating voltage
Ue
Operating frequency
Hz
c 50/60 (for 60 to 400 Hz AC or for DC, consult us)
Allowable rated short-time withstand current (t = 1 s)
Icw
kA
31
50
50
65
110
Allowable rated peak current
Ipk
kA
64
110
110
143
242
113
86
90
248
189
Maximum thermal stress I2t (t = 1s)
I2t
A2s 106
961
2500
2500
4225
198
4900
6400
7396
8100
1000
1000
Short-circuit current withstand

Standard version 3L + PE
Ratings 2000 and 2500 A are equipped in standard version with side reinforcements.
Conductor characteristics
Phase conductors
Average resistance at an ambient temperature of 20 C
R20
mW/m
0.079
0.057
0.046
0.035
0.028
0.023
0.017
0.014
Average resistance at Inc and at 35 C
R1
mW/m
0.096
0.069
0.056
0.042
0.034
0.028
0.021
0.017
Average reactance at Inc and at 35 C and at 50 Hz
X1
mW/m
0.018
0.016
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.007
0.007
Average impedance at Inc and at 35 C and at 50 Hz
Z1
mW/m
0.097
0.071
0.058
0.044
0.035
0.029
0.022
0.018
mW/m
0.203
0.178
0.164
0.143
0.126
0.113
0.093
0.080
Casing
(Equivalent copper cross-section)
mm
120
130
140
155
165
180
190
200
PE = casing
Fault loop characteristics

Fault loop
Ph/PE
characteristics at 20 C
Impedance
method
At 20 C
Average resistance
R0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.809
0.676
0.587
0.490
0.420
0.370
0.303
0.256
Average reactance
X0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.762
0.586
0.478
0.364
0.286
0.231
0.170
0.131
Average impedance
Z0 ph/PE
mW/m
1.111
0.895
0.757
0.610
0.508
0.436
0.347
0.288
Average resistance Ph/Ph
Rb0 ph/ph
mW/m
0.160
0.115
0.097
0.073
0.059
0.051
0.038
0.031
Ph/PE
Rb0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.531
0.440
0.353
0.281
0.231
0.197
0.154
0.125
At Inc and Average resistance Ph/Ph

at 35 C
Ph/PE
Rb1 ph/ph
mW/m
0.193
0.140
0.120
0.091
0.075
0.066
0.049
0.039
Rb1 ph/PE
mW/m
0.641
0.535
0.438
0.348
0.292
0.252
0.197
0.160
At Inc and Average reactance Ph/Ph

at 35 C
Ph/PE
and at
50 Hz
Xb ph/ph
mW/m
0.040
0.029
0.024
0.019
0.015
0.013
0.010
0.008
Xb ph/PE
mW/m
0.426
0.329
0.275
0.212
0.170
0.141
0.106
0.084
Voltage drop
Line-to-line voltage drop, in volts (V) per 100 metres and per amp (A) at 50 Hz with load spread over the
run. For the case of loads concentrated at the end of a run, the voltage drops are double those shown in
this table.
For a cosine j of
V/100 m/A
0.0083
0.0060
0.0049
0.0037
0.0029
0.0024
0.0018
0.0015
0.9
V/100 m/A
0.0081
0.0060
0.0050
0.0038
0.0030
0.0025
0.0019
0.0016
0.8
V/100 m/A
0.0076
0.0056
0.0047
0.0036
0.0029
0.0024
0.0018
0.0015
0.7
V/100 m/A
0.0069
0.0052
0.0043
0.0034
0.0027
0.0022
0.0017
0.0015
kg/m
12
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
kWh/m
2.1
2.9
3.2
3.9
5.7
6.2
8.9
11.2
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
Average weight
3L + PE
Fire load value
Radiated magnetic field

Radiated magnetic field strength 1 metre from the
trunking
136
version: 1.1
K9AE39000.indd
Canalis KTA 3L + N + PE

Symbol Unit

Protection degree
IP
Shock resistance
Nominal rated current at an ambient temperature of 35 C
Operating frequency
IK
Inc
Ui
Ue
f
A
V
V
Hz
Icw
Ipk
I2t
kA
kA
A2s 106

800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
IEC/EN 60439-2
55
08
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
1000
1000

Standard version 3L + N + PE

Reinforced version 3L + N + PE for 2500 A and 3200 A only

Maximum thermal stress
31
64
961
50
110
2500
50
110
2500
65
143
4225
70
154
4900
80
176
6400
86
189
7396
90
198
8100
Icw
Ipk
I2t
kA
kA
A2S.106
113
248
12769
113
248
12769
R20
R1
X1
Z1
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.079
0.096
0.018
0.097
0.057
0.069
0.016
0.071
0.046
0.056
0.015
0.058
0.035
0.042
0.013
0.044
0.028
0.034
0.011
0.035
0.023
0.028
0.008
0.029
0.017
0.021
0.007
0.022
0.014
0.017
0.007
0.018
mW/m
mm
0.203
120
0.178
130
0.164
140
0.143
155
0.126
165
0.113
180
0.093
190
0.080
200
R0 ph/N
X0 ph/N
Z0 ph/N
R0 ph/PE
X0 ph/PE
Z0 ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.345
0.143
0.373
0.809
0.762
1.111
0.248
0.103
0.269
0.676
0.586
0.895
0.209
0.087
0.226
0.587
0.478
0.757
0.159
0.067
0.172
0.490
0.364
0.610
0.128
0.054
0.139
0.420
0.286
0.508
0.111
0.046
0.120
0.370
0.231
0.436
0.083
0.035
0.090
0.303
0.170
0.347
0.066
0.028
0.072
0.256
0.131
0.288
Rb0 ph/ph
Rb0 ph/N
Rb0 ph/PE
Rb1 ph/ph
Rb1 ph/N
Rb1 ph/PE
Xb ph/ph
Xb ph/N
Xb ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.160
0.161
0.531
0.193
0.194
0.641
0.040
0.064
0.426
0.115
0.115
0.440
0.140
0.140
0.535
0.029
0.047
0.329
0.097
0.097
0.353
0.120
0.120
0.438
0.024
0.040
0.275
0.073
0.074
0.281
0.091
0.092
0.348
0.019
0.030
0.212
0.059
0.059
0.231
0.075
0.075
0.292
0.015
0.024
0.170
0.051
0.052
0.197
0.066
0.066
0.252
0.013
0.021
0.141
0.038
0.039
0.154
0.049
0.049
0.197
0.010
0.016
0.106
0.031
0.031
0.125
0.039
0.039
0.160
0.008
0.013
0.084
Phase conductors

PE = casing
Casing
(Equivalent copper cross-section)
Fault loop
Ph/N
Average resistance
characteristics at 20 C Average reactance
Average impedance
Ph/PE
Average resistance
at 20 C Average reactance
Average impedance
Impedance
method
At 20 C
Average resistance
At Inc and Average resistance

at 35 C
At Inc and Average reactance
at 35 C
and at
50 Hz
Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
Voltage drop
For a cosine j of
this table.
1
V/100 m/A
0.0083 0.0060 0.0049 0.0037 0.0029 0.0024 0.0018 0.0015
0.9
V/100 m/A
0.0081 0.0060 0.0050 0.0038 0.0030 0.0025 0.0019 0.0016
0.8
V/100 m/A
0.0076 0.0056 0.0047 0.0036 0.0029 0.0024 0.0018 0.0015
0.7
V/100 m/A
0.0069 0.0052 0.0043 0.0034 0.0027 0.0022 0.0017 0.0015
Average weight
3L + N + PE
kg/m
13
16
18
22
26
30
37
45
kWh/m
2.5
3.6
4.1
5.9
7.3
8.0
11.5
14.4
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
Fire load value

trunking
K9AE39000.indd
version: 1.1
137
Characteristics
Design guide
Canalis KTA 3L + N + PER

Canalis KTA
Symbol Unit

800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000

Protection degree
IEC/EN 60439-2
55
08
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
1000
1000
IP
Shock resistance
Nominal rated current at an ambient temperature of 35 C
Operating frequency
IK
Inc
Ui
Ue
f
A
V
V
Hz
Icw
Ipk
I2t
kA
kA
A2s 106
31
64
961
50
110
2500
50
110
2500
65
143
4225
70
154
4900
80
176
6400
86
189
7396
90
198
8100
Icw
Ipk
I2t
kA
kA
A2S.106
35
73
1225
65
143
4225
65
143
4225
85
187
7225
110
242
12100
113
248
12769
113
248
12769
120
264
14400

Standard version 3L + N + PER

Reinforced version 3L + N + PER (optional)

Maximum thermal stress
Ratings 2000 and 2500 A are equipped in standard version with side reinforcements.
Phase conductors

R20
R1
X1
Z1
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.079
0.096
0.018
0.097
0.057
0.069
0.016
0.071
0.046
0.056
0.015
0.058
0.035
0.042
0.013
0.044
0.028
0.034
0.011
0.035
0.023
0.028
0.008
0.029
0.017
0.021
0.007
0.022
0.014
0.017
0.007
0.018
mW/m
mm
0.050
210
0.039
300
0.034
360
0.026
480
0.022
600
0.019
720
0.014
960
0.012
1200
R0 ph/N
X0 ph/N
Z0 ph/N
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.345
0.143
0.373
0.248
0.103
0.269
0.209
0.087
0.226
0.159
0.067
0.172
0.128
0.054
0.139
0.111
0.046
0.120
0.083
0.035
0.090
0.066
0.028
0.072
R0 ph/PE
X0 ph/PE
Z0 ph/PE
Rb0 ph/ph
Rb0 ph/N
Rb0 ph/PE
Rb1 ph/ph
Rb1 ph/N
Rb1 ph/PE
Xb ph/ph
Xb ph/N
Xb ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.247
0.111
0.270
0.160
0.161
0.135
0.193
0.194
0.162
0.040
0.064
0.047
0.186
0.087
0.205
0.115
0.115
0.099
0.140
0.140
0.120
0.029
0.047
0.037
0.160
0.077
0.177
0.097
0.097
0.084
0.120
0.120
0.102
0.024
0.040
0.032
0.125
0.062
0.139
0.073
0.074
0.064
0.091
0.092
0.078
0.019
0.030
0.026
0.102
0.017
0.104
0.059
0.059
0.052
0.075
0.075
0.065
0.015
0.024
0.022
0.087
0.045
0.098
0.051
0.052
0.044
0.066
0.066
0.055
0.013
0.021
0.019
0.067
0.035
0.075
0.038
0.039
0.032
0.049
0.049
0.041
0.010
0.016
0.014
0.054
0.029
0.061
0.031
0.031
0.027
0.039
0.039
0.035
0.008
0.013
0.012
PE = internal copper protective conductor

Copper cross-section

Fault loop
Ph/N
characteristics at 20 C
Average resistance
Average reactance
Average impedance
Ph/PE
at 20 C
Impedance
method
Average resistance
Average reactance
Average impedance
At 20 C Average resistance Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
At Inc and Average resistance Ph/Ph
at 35 C
Ph/N
Ph/PE
At Inc and Average reactance Ph/Ph
at 35 C
Ph/N
and at
Ph/PE
50 Hz
Voltage drop
For a cosine j of
this table.
1
V/100 m/A
0.0083 0.0060 0.0049 0.0037 0.0029 0.0024 0.0018 0.0015
0.9
V/100 m/A
0.0081 0.0060 0.0050 0.0038 0.0030 0.0025 0.0019 0.0016
0.8
V/100 m/A
0.0076 0.0056 0.0047 0.0036 0.0029 0.0024 0.0018 0.0015
0.7
V/100 m/A
0.0069 0.0052 0.0043 0.0034 0.0027 0.0022 0.0017 0.0015
Average weight
3L + N + PER
Fire load value


trunking
138
kg/m
15
19
21
26
31
36
46
56
kWh/m
2.5
3.6
4.1
5.9
7.3
8.0
11.5
14.4
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
version: 1.1
K9AE39000.indd

Symbol Unit

800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Choice of products when harmonics are present (see "harmonic currents" for more details).
Rated current according to THD3 (3rd order distortion) THD < 15 %
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
15 % < THD < 33 %
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
THD > 33 %
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Allowable current as a function of ambient temperature
Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an ambient air which does not exceed +40 C and its average over a period of 24 h does not exceed +35 C. Above
this value, the busbar trunking must be derated.
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient.
Ambiant temperature 24 hours average
C
35
40
45
50
55
k1
k1=1
k1=0.97
k1=0.93
k1=0.90
k1=0.86
Busbar trunking installed outside under an aluminium k1

roof
See "Busbar trunking installed outside under an aluminium roof" on page 141.
Busbar trunking installed in a fire duct
Please, see your sales office.
Busbar trunking installed indoors
k1
Through-wall fire barrier
Tests performed in accordance with the requirements of NF EN 1363-1 and those specific to EN 1366-3.
Performance criteria
Fire integrity
Thermal
insulation
Without external fire barrier
120 mn
30 mn
With external fire barrier
120 mn
120 mn
Tap-off unit characteristics

Symbol Unit
Protection degree
IP
Shock resistance
IK
Ui
Ue
Operating frequency
Hz
K9AE39000.indd
55
08
400 or 500 depending on protection device
50/60
version: 1.1
139
Design guide
Determining the rating
Providing power distribution using Canalis

Canalis KTA
Apart from extreme atmospheres, Canalis can be installed anywhere!
The order described below is only aimed at presenting the different stages for a
simple installation.
For a detailed design, it is necessary to use appropriate tools, approved by control
bodies, in compliance with local installation standards.
The Ecodial software, edited by Schneider Electric, meets this requirement
perfectly.
Design order:
1 Define run layouts.

2 Identify external influences.
3 Determine the current rating (Ib).
4 Calculate the nominal current (In) taking into account derating coefficients.
5 Choose the busbar trunking rating.
6 Check the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.
7 Check busbar trunking overloads.
8 Check the rating with respect to short-circuit withstand current.
9 Choose the source and feeder circuit breakers.
1 - Canalis busbar trunking layout

The layout of the distribution runs depends on the position of the loads and where
the source is located.
Load protection is placed in the tap-off boxes, at the point of use.
A single and same Canalis busbar trunking supplies a group of loads of different
ratings.
Schneider Electric has tools you can use to help you choose the architecture best
suited to your application:
b the Idpro software to simulate the organisation of your electrical networks
b application orientated technical guides (car industry, data centers, shopping
centres, etc).
2 - Identification of external influences

241202DD
Protection degree
Canalis KT busbar trunking is IP55 and IPxxD by construction.
This protection degree protects the busbar trunking against:
b dust
b penetration by a 1mm diameter wire
b water projections from all directions.
It can be installed in almost all premises; for more details see the "Determining the
protection degree" pages.
Wherever the busbar trunking must pass outside the building, an aluminium
roof can be supplied; consult your Schneider Electric distributor for information
concerning this option.
Corrosive atmosphere
The busbar trunking has been qualified for industrial atmospheres.
For sulphurous atmospheres such as sulphur dioxide (SO2) and hydrogen sulphide
(H2S), there is a suitable Canalis KT solution; consult your Schneider Electric
distributor for more information on this option.
Example: paper mills, water treatment works, etc.
140
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
DD210982
Radiated electromagnetic fields
According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to radiated

electromagnetic fields above 0.2 micro Tesla can be dangerous causing a risk of
cancer over the long term. Some countries have standardised the limit: Sweden =
0.2 T, at a distance of 1 metre.
All electrical conductors generate a magnetic field, the strength of which is
proportional to the distance between them. The Canalis busbar trunking concept
(metal casing and conductors near together) helps to considerably reduce radiated
electromagnetic fields.
In specific cases where particularly low values are required (computer rooms,
hospitals, some offices), it is important to keep in mind the following:
b the induction generated around 3-phase distribution. This is proportional to the
current and the distance between the conductors, and inversely proportional to the
square of the distance with respect to the busbar trunking and the screening effect
of the case
b the induction generated around busbar trunking. This is less than the induction
generated around an equivalent cable distribution
b Canalis steel casing. This attenuates the induction more than an equivalent
aluminium casing of the same thickness (screening effect)
b the induction generated around busbar trunking with sandwiched bars. This is
particularly low because of the short distance between the bars and the additional
attenuation provided by the steel casing.
DD210066
3 - Determining the current rating (Ib)
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
In
Ib
Calculation of the total current (Ib) absorbed by a run is equal to the sum of the
currents absorbed by all of the loads.
The loads do not all operate at the same time and, as they are not continuously at
full load, a stacking or simultaneity factor Ks has to be taken into account:
Ib = Ib load x Ks
Stacking factor Ks depending on the number of loads according to
IEC 60439- 1
Number of loads
Ks coefficient
Lighting, heating
Application
Distribution
(mechanic workshop)
2...3
0.9
4...5
0.8
6...9
0.7
10...40
0.6
40 and over
0.5
Caution: for industrial installations, remember to take into account future increases in the
number of machines. A 20 % reserve is recommended.
4 - Calculating nominal current (ln) by applying a derating coefficient

Ambient temperature
Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an
average ambient temperature of +35 C. Above this
value, the busbar trunking must be derated.
Example: Canalis KT 1250 A installed inside with an
ambient temperature of 45 C:
In = 1250 x 0.93 = 1162 A.
In u Ib x k1 = Iz
Type of
installation
Busbar trunking
installed inside
All
0.97
0.93
0.90
0.86
Busbar trunking
installed outside under
an aluminium roof
KTA800
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient.
Busbar trunking
installed in a fire duct
K9AE31000.indd
Canalis Ambient temperature 24 hours average

KT
(C)
35
40
45
50
55
0.97
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.86
KTA1000 0.97
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.86
KTA1250 0.89
0.86
0.83
0.80
0.77
KTA1600 0.85
0.83
0.81
0.78
0.75
KTA2000 0.81
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.73
KTA2500 0.78
0.76
0.74
0.72
0.70
KTA3200 0.78
0.75
0.73
0.72
0.70
KTA4000 0.74
0.73
0.69
0.66
0.62
Please, see your sales office.
version: 1.1
141
Design guide
Sizing the busbar trunking
Canalis KTA
5 - Choosing the busbar trunking rating according to the nominal current ln
Nominal current
In (A)
Busbar trunking
0 to 800
KTA0800
801 to 1000
KTA1000
1001 to 1250
KTA1250
1251 to 1600
KTA1600
1601 to 2000
KTA2000
2001 to 2500
KTA2500
2501 to 3200
KTA3200
3201 to 4000
KTA4000
6 - Checking the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.

The voltage drop between the start and all points of use must not be greater than
the values in the table below:
Lighting
Other use
Low voltage public distribution network
Installation supplied by:
3%
5%
High voltage distribution network
6%
8%
The allowable voltage drop is that which is compatible with correct load operation
(refer to manufacturers guides).
b Read voltage drop in V/100 m/A
for the busbar trunking chosen in accordance
with temperature rise.
b Determine the voltage drop for the worst case loads, i.e. those furthest from the
source and for the highest current.
If the voltage drop exceeds allowable limits, choose the next rating up.
Re-check the voltage drop for the new rating.
Voltage drop, in volts per 100 metres and per amp for 3-phase 50 Hz current with
load spread over the run. For loads concentrated at the end of a run (transport),
the voltage drops are double those shown in the table below:
Delta U
for evenly distributed loads (V/100m/A)
KTA08
KTA10
Cosine j = 1
0.0072
0.00493 0.00405 0.00303 0.00254 0.00219 0.00158 0.00127
KTA12
KTA16
KTA20
Cosine j = 0.9
0.0073
0.0050
Cosine j = 0.8
0.0069
0.00478 0.00402 0.0031
Cosine j = 0.7
0.0064
0.00444 0.00376 0.00292 0.00246 0.00203 0.00156 0.00132
0.00421 0.00322 0.0027

0.0026
KTA25
KTA32
0.00227 0.0017
KTA40
0.0014
0.00217 0.00165 0.00138
Example: for the KTA1600 A busbar trunking:

Ib = 1530 A
In = 1600 A
Length L = 87 m
Cosine = 0.8.
According to the above table, the voltage drop coefficient for 100 metres and per
amp is equal to 0.0031 V/100 m/A
.
0.0031 x 0.87 x 1530 = 4.12 V

For a voltage = 400 V, in percentages:
4.12/400 = 0.0103 that is to say 1 %.
142
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
7 - Protecting against busbar trunking overloads.

To allow for extensions, the busbar trunking is generally protected at its nominal
current Inc (or its allowable current Iz if the ambient temperature coefficient k1 is
applied).
b Circuit breaker protection:
v adjust Ir of the circuit breaker such that:
Iz = Ib x k1 y Ir y Inc
Circuit breaker protection allows the Canalis busbar trunking to be used at full
capacity because the standardised nominal current In of the circuit breaker is
In y Inc/K2 where K2 = 1.
b Protection using gG (gI) fuse:
v determine the standardised nominal current In of the fuse such that: In y Inc/K2
where K2 = 1.1.
v choose the standardised rating In that is equal to or just lower.
Check the following condition: In u Ib x k1 = Iz.
If this condition is not met, choose the busbar trunking with the next rating up.
Note: using gI fuses for protection means reducing the busbar trunkings allowable
current.
8 - Checking the rating and choice of circuit breaker with respect to short-circuit withstand current
Short-circuit current withstand is shown in the table below.
This value must be greater than the prospective short-circuit current, at all points of
the installation.
b Calculate the short-circuit current value at the worst case points.
b Check the chosen rating allows the busbar trunking to cope with this short-circuit
current.
If this is not the case, there are 2 possible solutions:
b choose a higher rating busbar trunking and re-check
b provide a peak current limiting protection system upstream of the busbar
trunking.
Standard version 3L + N + PE or 3L + PE
Unit
KTA08 KTA10 KTA12 KTA16 KTA20 KTA25 KTA32 KTA40
Allowable
Icw kArms/1s 31
rated shorttime withstand
current (t =1s)
50
50
65
70
80
86
90
Allowable
rated peak
current
Ipk
64
110
110
143
154
176
189
198
A2s.106
961
2500
2500
4225
4900
6400
7396
8100
Allowable
Icw kArms/1s 35
rated shorttime withstand
current (t=1s)
65
65
85
110
113
113
120
Allowable
rated peak
current
248
248
264
Maximum
I2t
thermal stress
Reinforced version 3L + N+ PER
Ipk
Maximum
I2t
thermal stress
73
143
143
187
242
A2s.106
1225
4225
4225
7225
12100 12769 12769 14400
Canalis KT is more than sized to cope with short-circuit currents.

Some specific cases require checks to be carried out: transformers in parallel, low
rating Canalis installed close to a transformer, etc.
K9AE31000.indd
version: 1.1
143
Design guide
Protection of circuits supplied

by several paralleled
transformers
Canalis KTA
9 - Choosing source and feeder circuit breakers according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers
DD210981
The choice of a circuit breaker to protect a circuit depends mainly on the following
2 criteria:
b the nominal current of the source or the loads, which determines the appropriate
rating of the device
b the maximum short-circuit current at the point in question, which determines the
minimum breaking capacity of the device.
For the case of several parallel transformers(1):

b the source circuit breaker D1 must have a breaking capacity greater than the
largest of the 2 following values:
v either Isc1 (short-circuit at B1)
v or Isc2 + Isc3 (short-circuit at A1)
b the feeder circuit breaker D4 must have a breaking capacity greater than Isc1 +
Isc2 + Isc3.
The table allows the following to be determined:
b the source circuit breaker, according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers (in the case of a single transformer, the table recommends a fixed
circuit breaker; in the case of several transformers, the table shows a drawout
circuit breaker and a fixed circuit breaker)
b the feeder circuit breaker, according to the sources and the nominal current
rating of the feeder (the circuit breakers shown in the table can be replaced by
limiter circuit breakers if the cascading technique is to be used with other circuit
breakers downstream of the feeder).
(1) To couple several transformers in parallel, the transformers must have the same Usc,
the same transformation ratio, the same coupling and the ratio of the power rating of the
2transformers must be less than or equal to 2.
DD210983n
Example:
3 incoming 1250 kVA transformers 20 kV/410 V (In = 1760 A).
Feeders: including one 2000 A feeder, one 1600 A feeder and one 1000 A feeder.
What circuit breakers should be fitted at the incomer and for the feeders?
b Incomer circuit breakers:
either the Drawout Masterpact NW20N1 or the Drawout NS2000N circuit breakers
can be chosen. The choice will depend on the options required.
b Feeder circuit breakers:
the NW20H2 for the 2000 A feeder, the NW16H2 for the 1600 A feeder and the
NW10H2 for the 1000 A feeder are to be chosen.
These circuit breakers have the advantage of providing discrimination (full
discrimination) with the NW12H1 or NS1250N circuit breakers.
144
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
Calculation assumption:
b the upstream network short-circuit power is not defined
b the transformers are 20 kV/410 V
b between each transformer and corresponding circuit breaker there is 5 metres of
KT busbar trunking
b between a source circuit breaker and a feeder circuit breaker there is 1 metre of
bars
b the equipment is installed into a switchboard with an ambient temperature of
40 C.
Transformer
P (kVA) In (A)
Usc
(%)
Isc
(kA)
Source Source circuit breaker

min.
break.
cap.
(kA)
Feeder Feeder circuit breaker

min.
250 A
y 100 A 160 A
break.
cap.
(kA)
400 A
630 A
1 transformer
50
70
NSX100N TM-D/STR22SE
NSX100N
100
141
NSX100N NSX160N
160
225
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N
250
352
NSX400N STR23SE/53UE
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N
400
563
14
14
14
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
630
887
22
22
NS1000N NT10H1 NW10N1 Micrologic
22
800
1127
19
19
19
1000
1408
23
23
23
1250
1760
29
29
NW20N1 Micrologic
29
NSX100H NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
1600
2253
38
38
NW25H1 Micrologic
38
NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
2000
2816
47
47
NW32H1 Micrologic
47
NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
2500
3521
59
59
NW40H1 Micrologic
59
2 transformers
50
70
NSX100N NSX160N
100
141
160
225
11
250
352
18
400
563
14
14
28
630
887
22
22
44
800
1127
19
19
38
1000
1408
23
23
47
1250
1760
29
29
NW20N1 Micrologic
59
1600
2253
38
38
NW25H1 Micrologic
75
NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
2000
2816
47
47
NW32H1 Micrologic
94
2500
3521
59
59
NW40H1 Micrologic
117
3 transformers
50
70
100
141
11
160
225
11
17
250
352
18
26
400
563
14
28
42
630
887
22
44
NS1000N NT10L1 NW10H1 Micrologic
67
800
1127
19
38
56
1000
1408
23
47
NS1600N NW16H1 Micrologic
70
1250
1760
29
59
NS2000N NW20N1 Micrologic
88
1600
2253
38
75
113
2000
2816
47
94

141
Usc values as defined in HD 428.
K9AE31000.indd
version: 1.1
145
Design guide
Coordination
Protection of busbar trunking against

overloads
Canalis KTA
Introduction
System performance is guaranteed by coordination between the Schneider Electric

circuit breaker protection and the distribution spread over the Canalis busbar
trunking.
Fully coordinated distributed electrical distribution perfectly meets the requirements
of safety, service continuity, system changes and simplicity.
In the following pages, we will explain the advantages of the Schneider Electric
system and Schneider Electric circuit breaker protection, as well as the selection
guide tables for coordination between the Schneider Electric circuit breakers and
the Canalis busbar trunking.
The use of Schneider Electric circuit breakers provides:
b protection against overloads and short-circuits;
b coordination between the protective devices and the Canalis busbar trunking:
v full discrimination from 1 to 6300 A between all the circuit breakers of the
Schneider Electric ranges
v cascading:
- reinforcement of the small and medium power busbar trunking short-circuit
protective devices. This enables all short-circuit levels to be covered
- protection of tap-offs using standard circuit breakers: this is achieved whatever
the position of the tap-off unit on the Canalis busbar trunking
b the use of standard circuit breakers makes for simpler design whilst respecting a
high level of dependability
b fault location is quick and easy
b resetting is easy once the fault has been cleared by the site operator.
Adequacy between circuit breaker

ratings and busbar trunking
In order to take into consideration thermal overload protection of busbar trunking,

the different technologies of the protection switchgear and the maximum overload
operating currents must be considered.
By design, the thermal adjustment of a circuit breaker is more accurate.
DD210888
Fuse
b
v
v
v
v

b
b
Inc = Ib x k1 x k2
Ib : current rating
Inc : allowable busbar trunking current
k1 : temperature derating coefficient
k2 : derating coefficient linked to the type of switchgear:
- fuse k2 = 1.1
- circuit breaker k2 = 1.
Iz = Ib x k1.
In = I standardised fuse or circuit breaker.
Example:
For a current rating Ib = 1900 A in an ambient temperature of 35 C:
b fuse protection:

Inc = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1.1 = 2090 A

The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTA25 (Inc = 2500 A)
b circuit breaker protection:

Inc = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1 = 1900 A

The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTA20 (Inc = 2000 A),
A difference of 20 % in the measurement of operating currents results in an overrating of the busbar trunking of 10 % if it is protected by fuses.
DD210887
Circuit breaker
Explanations
b Calibration of thermal asymptotes:
v the distribution fuse is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.25 and
1.6 times its nominal current (In fuse)
v the circuit breaker is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.05 and
1.3times (1.2 for circuit breakers with electronic protection) its setting current (Ir
which is a function of circuit breaker In).
b Maximum operating current:
v the maximum limit for this current is set by installation standards (IEC 364,
NFC15-100, etc) at 1.45 times the allowable current of the busbar trunking.
In
146
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
Thermal setting accuracy
b A fuse is for a fixed rating, a change in the current to be protected requires a

change of fuse.
The spacing between 2 fuse ratings is around 25 %.
The typical ratings are conform to the numbers of the "Renard" series.
Example: 40 - 50 - 63 - 80 - 100 - 125 - 160 - 200 - etc.
b The circuit breaker provides the possibility of fine adjustment:
v 5 % for circuit breakers fitted with standard thermal-magnetic trip units
v 3 % for circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units.
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 100 A can be easily set to the following
values:
Ir = 100 A, 95 A, 90 A, 85 A, 80 A.
Example:
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 1600 A set at 1440 A would be used to
protect a KTA16 (Inc = 1440 A) busbar trunking used in an ambient temperature of
50 C (k1 = 0.9).
Setting range of circuit breakers fitted

with electronic trip units
Circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units have the following setting ranges:
b thermal protection Ir adjustable from 0.4 In to In
b short-circuit protection adjustable from 2 Ir to 10 Ir
DD210603
Example:
A 250 A circuit breaker (NS250N fitted with an STR22SE) can easily have the
following settings:
b thermal protection from 100 to 250 A
b short-circuit protection from 200 to 2500 A.
Example of setting possibilities.
K9AE31000.indd
Avdantages
This provides great flexibility for:
b modifications (flexibility), extensions (installation changes): the protective
devices easily adapt to the load to be protected and to the earthing system
(protection of personnel and equipment)
b maintenance, the use of this type of device considerably reduces the stocks of
maintenance components.
version: 1.1
147
Design guide
Coordination
Protection against short-circuits

Canalis KTA
Busbar trunking characteristics
The busbar trunking must meet all of the rules detailed in IEC 60439.1 and
IEC 60439.2.
The sizing of busbar trunking for short-circuits is determined by the following
characteristics:
b the allowable rated peak current Ipk (k).
This characteristic represents the busbar trunkings instantaneous electrodynamic
withstand limits. The peak current value is often the most restrictive instantaneous
characteristic for the protective device
b the maximum short-time withstand rms current Icw (kArms/s).
This characteristic represents the allowable temperature rise limit of the conductors
during a given time period (0.1 to 1s)
b the thermal stress in A2s.
This characteristic represents the instantaneous thermal stress withstand of the
busbar trunking. In general, if the short-circuit generates fault conditions compatible
with the first two characteristics, this constraint is "automatically satisfied".
Circuit breaker characteristics
The circuit breaker must satisfy the requirements of product construction standards
(IEC 60947-2, etc) and installation standards (IEC 60364 or those in force in the
country concerned), i.e. have a breaking capacity Icu(1) greater than the prospective
short-circuit current Isc at the point where it is installed.
(1) Installation standard IEC 60364 and construction standards specify the breaking capacity of
a circuit breaker as being:
- the ultimate breaking capacity, Icu, if it is not coordinated with an upstream protective device,
- the reinforced breaking capacity (cascading) if there is coordination with the upstream
protective device.
DD210986
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking system

characteristics
When the busbar trunking is directly protected, the circuit breaker must be chosen
as follows:
b Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
b I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point A
b busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
trunking.
DD206049
When the busbar trunking is protected downstream of a cable, the circuit breaker
must be chosen as follows:
b Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
b I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point B
b busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
trunking.
148
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking

coordination
Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit
breaker
DD210988
This is applicable for non-limiting circuit breakers (instantaneous or time-delayed)

and time-delayed limiting circuit breakers.
These are mainly air circuit breakers (u 800 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for time discrimination and is therefore often
associated with KT type busbar trunking.
DD210989
Current value of the 1st peak as a function of Isc rms.
It must be checked that the busbar trunking can handle the peak fault current to
which it may be subjected and the thermal withstand during any time delay.
The allowable peak current (I peak) of the busbar trunking must be greater than the
peak current value of the prospective asymmetrical short-circuit current (Isc asym)
at A.
The asymmetrical short-circuit current value is obtained by multiplying the
symmetrical short-circuit current value (Isc) by a standardised asymmetrical
coefficient (k).
It is the first value of the 1st transient asymmetrical peak of the short-circuit which is
taken into account.
Standardised table for calculating asymmetrical short-circuit values
Isc: prospective symmetrical shortcircuit value
kA (rms value)
Transient and established conditions of a short duration shortcircuit.
Asymmetrical coefficient
k
4,5 y I y 6
1.5
6 < I y 10
1.7
10 < I y 20
2.0
20 < I y 50
2.1
50 < I
2.2
Example:
For a circuit with a prospective short-circuit current of 50 kA rms, the 1st peak
reaches 105 k (50 kA x 2.1), see figure opposite.
DD210990
The short-time withstand value (Icw) of the busbar trunking must be greater than
the current flowing through the installation during the duration of the short-circuit
(Isc) (duration T - total breaking time - including any time delay).
At point A, the prospective short-circuit current is 117 KArms.

To meet this constraint, a reinforced KTA40 is needed because:
Icw KTA40 > Isc prospective at point A.
The Icw or IPK values of standard or reinforced KTA trunking allow the easy
construction of circuits with time discrimination, even with high short-circuit values.
K9AE31000.indd
version: 1.1
149
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking

coordination
Design guide
Limiter circuit breaker

Canalis KTA
This is mainly applicable to the protection of busbar trunking using moulded case
circuit breakers (y 1600 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for energy discrimination and is therefore often
associated with Canalis KTA.
DD210991
Here, it has to be checked that the busbar trunking can cope with the peak current
(Ipk) limited by the protective device and the corresponding thermal stress (As):
b the peak current (I peak), once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than
the allowable peak current value of the busbar trunking
b the thermal stress, once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than the
allowable thermal stress of the busbar trunking.
DD210992
Checking peak I withstand of the busbar trunking.
Checking As withstand of the busbar trunking.
150
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
Protecting busbar trunking with

a Compact NS circuit breaker
Limiting capacity
Compact NS circuit breakers are high current limiting circuit breakers.

The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its capacity to only allow a limited
current (IL) to flow in the event of a short-circuit. This limited current being less
than the prospective asymmetrical peak short-circuit current (Isc).
This greatly reduces the electrodynamic and thermal constraints on the installation
to be protected.
Applying limiting capacity to busbar

trunking protection
Even if this combination is less frequent than for KS busbar trunking, some KT
ratings can benefit from the association with a limiter circuit breaker.
DD210993nA
High power installation

If the circuit breakers limiting capacity is not taken into account:
b the prospective short-circuit current value (Isc) at point A would be 121 k
b KTA16 would be the appropriate choice of busbar trunking.
If the limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L is taken into account, the limited
Ipk is 50 k < 110 k of the KTA10 busbar trunking.
Because of the high limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L, a KTA10 busbar
trunking can be installed into a prospective short-circuit current at point A of
150 kA rms or 300 k.
K9AE31000.indd
version: 1.1
151
Design guide
Selection guide
Canalis KTA
The selection guide below will, according to the prospective short-circuit current of
the installation, allow you to determine the type of circuit breaker needed to fully
protect the busbar trunking.
Example: for an installation with a prospective Isc of 55 kA, the circuit breaker
needed to protect a KTA12 A busbar trunking is a NW10L1 or NW12L1 (the rating
depends on the circuits nominal current).
For a voltage of 380/415 V
Max. Isc current in kA rms KTA0800

Circuit breakers
31 kA
50 kA
70 kA
90 kA
150 kA
NS800N/H
NSX630N
NSX630H
NS800L
NSX630L
NS1000N/H
NT08L1
NS800LB
NW08H1/H2
NT10L1
NW10H1/H2

Circuit breakers
42 kA
50 kA
60 kA
150 kA
NT1.H1
NS800N/H
NW10L1
NS1000L
NW1.N1
NS1000N/H
NW12L1
NT10L1
NS1200N/H
NT.H2
NW1.H1/H2

Circuit breakers
42 kA
50 kA
55 kA
150 kA
NT1.H1
NS1000N/H
NW10L1
NS1000L
NW1.N1
NS1200N/H
NW12L1
NT10L1
NS1600N/H
NT.H2
NW1.H1/H2

Circuit breakers
42 kA
50 kA
60 kA
90 kA
NT12H1
NS1200N
NS1200H
NW12L1
NT16H1
NS1600N
NS1600H
NW16L1
NW12N1
NT12H2
NW12H1/H2
NW20L1
NW16N1
NT16H2
NW16H1/H2
NW20N1

Circuit breakers
NW2.H1/H2
42 kA
50 kA
65 kA
72 kA
110 kA
NT16H1
NS1600N
NW16H1
NW16H2
NW16L1
NW16N1
NT16H2
NW2.H1
NW2.H2
NW20L1
NW20N1

Circuit breakers
NW25H3
42 kA
65 kA
80 kA
150 kA
NW20N1
NW2.H1
NW40bH1
NW16L1
NW32H1
NW2.H2
NW20L1
NW40H1
NW32H2
NW40.H2
NW..H3

Circuit breakers
65 kA
86 kA
150 kA
NW25H1
NW40bH1
NW20L1
NW32H1
NW2.H2
NW40H1
NW32H2
NW40.H2
NW..H3

Circuit breakers
65 kA
90 kA
NW32H1
NW40bH1
NW40H1
NW50H1
NW32H2
NW40.H2
NW50H2
NW32H3
NW40H3
152
version: 1.1
K9AE31000.indd
For a voltage of 660/690 V
Max. Isc current in kA rms

KTA1000
Circuit breakers
25 kA
28 kA
30 kA
40 kA
NS1000L
NS1600bN
NS1000N
NS1000H
NS1200N
NS1200H
NS1600N
NS1600H
NT10L1
NT1.H1/H2
NW..N1
NW1.H1/H2
NW10L1
NW12L1

KTA1250
Circuit breakers
25 kA
30 kA
38 kA
42 kA
50 kA
NS1000L
NS1000N
NS1600bN
NS1000H
NW1.H1
NT10L1
NS1200N
NS2000N
NS1200H
NW1.H2
NS1600N
NS2500N
NS1600H
NW10L1
NS3200N
NT1.H.
NW12L1
NW..N1

KTA1600
Circuit breakers
42 kA
60 kA
65 kA
NT12H.
NS1600bN
NW..L1
NT16H.
NS2000N
NW12N1
NW12H1/H2
NW16N1
NW16H1/H2
NW20N1
NW20H1/H2
NW25H3

KTA2000
Circuit breakers
42 kA
65 kA
72 kA
100 kA
NT16H1/H2
NS1600bN
NW16H2
NW16L1
NW16N1
NS2000N
NW20H2
NW20L1
NW20N1
NS2500N
NW25H2/H3
NW16H1
NW20H1
NW25H1

KTA2500
Circuit breakers
42 kA
65 kA
80 kA
100 kA
NW20N1
NS2000N
NW40bH1
NW16L1
NS2500N
NW25H2/H3
NW20L1
NS3200N
NW32H2/H3
NW20H1
NW40H2/H3
NW25H1
NW40bH2
NW32H1
NW40H1

KTA3200
Circuit breakers

KTA4000
Circuit breakers
65 kA
85 kA
NS2500N
NW40bH1
NS3200N
NW2.H2/H3
NW25H1
NW32H2/H3
NW32H1
NW40H2
NW40H1
NW40bH2
65 kA
85 kA
90 kA
NS3200N
NW32H2
NW40bH1
NW32H1
NW40H2
NW50H1
NW40H1
NW40bH2
NW50H2
NW32H3
NW40H3
K9AE31000.indd
version: 1.1
153
Design guide
Canalis KTA
Standard IEC 60364-5-51 categorises a large number of external influences to
which electrical installations can be subjected, for instance the presence of water,
solid objects, shocks, vibrations and corrosive substances.
The importance of these influences depends on the installation conditions. For
example, the presence of water can vary from a few drops to total immersion.
Degree of protection IP
Standard IEC 60529 (February 2001) indicates the degree of protection provided
by electrical equipment enclosures against accidental direct contact with live parts
and against the ingress of solid foreign objects or water.
This standard does not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin.
The IP code comprises 2 characteristic numerals and may include an additional
letter when the actual protection of persons against direct contact with live parts is
better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against penetration
of solid objects and the protection of people.
The second numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against
penetration of water with harmful effects.
Remarks concerning the degree of protection IP
The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by

numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 enclosure is suitable for an environment that requires a
minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is not
suitable.
The degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures
as presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
the installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standard practice.
Additional letter
Protection of persons against direct contact with live parts.

The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than
that indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter "X", e.g. IPxxB.
Degree of protection IK
Standard IEC 62-262 defines a coding system (IK code) indicating the degree of
protection provided by electrical equipment enclosures against external mechanical
impact.
Installation standard IEC 60-364 provides a cross-reference between the various
degrees of protection and the environmental conditions classification, relating to
the selection of equipment according to external factors.
IK codepp
The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals (e.g. IK05).

Practical guide UTE C 15-103 shows, in the form of tables, the characteristics
required for electrical equipment (including minimum degrees of protection),
according to the locations in which they are installed.
154
version: 1.1
K9AE32000.indd
Meaning of the numerals and letters

representing the degree of protection IP.
DD205946
The new Canalis KTA busbar trunking products are designed to provide IP55D and
IK08 protection.
Protected against vertical

dripping water (condensation).
Protected against the

penetration of solid objects
having a diameter greater than
or equal to 12.5 mm.
Protected against direct

finger contact.
Protected against dripping

water at an angle of up to 15.

or equal to 2.5 mm.

contact with a 2.5 mm diameter
tool.
Protected against rain at an

angle of up to 60.

1 mm.

contact with a 1 mm diameter
wire.
Protected against splashing

water in all directions.

wire.

wire.
Dust tight.
Additional letter
Corresponds to protection of persons against direct contact with

live parts.
DD210015
DD210016
DD210017
DD210018
DD210019
Dust protected
(no harmful deposits).
Protected against water jets in

all directions.
Test duration: 1 mn/m casing
Protected against powerful jets

of water and waves.
Protected against the effects of

temporary immersion.
Protected against the effects of

prolonged immersion under
specified conditions.
With the back of the hand.
B
C
D
With the finger.
DD210007

contact with the back of the
hand (accidental contact).
DD210008

or equal to 50 mm.
DD210009
DD210010
Non-protected.
DD210011
DD210012
Non-protected.
DD210014
Non-protected.
DD210006
2nd characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection

of equipment against penetration of water with
harmful effects.
Protection of equipment
DD210013
1st characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection of equipment against

penetration of solid objects and protection of persons against direct contact with live
parts.
Protection of equipment
Protection of persons
With a 2.5 mm diameter tool

With a 1 mm diameter tool
Degrees of protection IK against mechanical impact

Weight
(kg)
DD210533
The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals corresponding

to a value of impact energy, in joules.
00
Non-protected
01
0.20
02
Energy
(J)
7.50
0.15
10
0.20
03
17.50
0.35
04
25
0.50
35
0.70
05
06
0.50
07
20
40
08
1.70
30
09
20
10
40
20
10
K9AE32000.indd
Height
(cm)
version: 1.1
155
Design guide
Harmonic currents
Canalis KTA
Origin of harmonic currents
Harmonic currents are caused by non-linear loads connected to distribution

systems, i.e. by loads that draw current with a waveform different that that of the
voltage that supplies them.
The most common non-linear loads are equipment including rectifiers, fluorescent
lighting and computer hardware.
In installations with a distributed neutral, non-linear loads may cause significant
overloads in the neutral conductor due to the presence of third-order harmonics.
DD210679
Harmonic order
The order is the ratio
between the harmonic
frequency fn and the
fundamental frequency
(generally the power
frequency, 50 or 60 Hz):
n = fn/f1
By definition, the
fundamental f1 is order 1
(H1).
Third-order harmonics (H3)
have a frequency of 150 Hz
(when f1 = 50 Hz).
Estimating THD (total harmonic

distortion)
The presence of third-order harmonics depends on the applications involved.

It is necessary to carry out an in-depth study on each non-linear load to determine
the level of H3:
ih3 (%) = 100 x i3/i1
b i3 = rms current of H3
b i1 = rms current of the fundamental
Assuming that H3 is preponderant among harmonics, the THD is close to the value
of H3 (ih3(%)).
PD202029_r
PD202028_r
There are two decisive factors:

b the types of connected devices:
v disturbing loads: fluorescent lighting, computer hardware, rectifiers, arc furnaces,
etc.
v non-disturbing loads: heating, motors, pumps, etc.
b the ratio between the two types of disturbing loads.
Workshops
Offices
Low probability of harmonics

THD y 15 %.
High probability of harmonics

15 % < THD y 33 %.
Mix of disturbing loads (computers,

UPSs, fluorescent lighting) and nondisturbing loads (motors, pumps,
heating).
156
version: 1.1
Numerous disturbing loads (computers,

UPSs, fluorescent lighting).
K9AE33000.indd
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz)
i h1
i h1
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
DD210680
No current in the neutral.

The conductors are correctly sized.
i h1
DD210681
Effects of harmonics on Canalis busbar

trunking
Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz) and 33 % of

H3
Abnormal temperature rise in the conductors caused
by current at a higher frequency in the phases (skin
effect) and current in the neutral caused by summing
of the H3 harmonics.
i h3
i h3
Reduce the current

density in ALL conductors
by using appropriately
sized trunking.
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
Busbar-trunking selection
THD y 15 %
15 % < THD y 33 % THD > 33 % Busbar trunking
Rating (A)
800
630
500
KTA
800
1000
800
630
KTA
1000
1200
1000
800
KTA
1250
1600
1250
1000
KTA
1600
2000
1600
1250
KTA
2000
2500
2000
1600
KTA
2500
3200
2500
2000
KTA
3200
4000
3200
2500
KTA
4000
Example. For a total rms current of 2356 A (estimation based on power drawn by loads,
including harmonics), the operational current is 2500 A.
THD is estimated at 30 %. The appropriate trunking is KTA 3200 A.
For more information on harmonics
See the Cahier Technique publications on the Schneider Electric web site:
www.schneider-electric.com
K9AE33000.indd
version: 1.1
157
DD210683
i h1
i h1
i h3
i h1
i h1
i h3
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
i h3
i h1
i h3
Fundamental frequency:
ih1 (50 Hz) and
33 % H3
i h1
i h3
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
i h3
DD210680
The only effective solution
Design guide
Direct current
Canalis KTA
Determining the DC current value
Thermal effect
Rule
The total power dissipated as heat must remain constant in the duct:
Pac = Pdc
Where:
b the power dissipated as heat: Pac = 3 x R x Iac where:
v R= resistance of a conductor
v Iac = conductor rms current
b the dissipated power for 4 conductors: Pdc = 4 x R x Idc where:
v Idc = direct current.
Selection table
DD210893
b 1 source
Case of 2 conductors in parallel for the + and 2 conductor in parallel for the (only
1 circuit in the busbar trunking):
DD210894
b 2 sources
Case of 1 conductor for the + and 1 conductor for the (2 circuits possible in the
same busbar trunking):
158
1 source
2 sources
800
1386
693
1000
1732
866
1250
2165
1083
1600
2771
1385
2000
3464
1732
2500
4330
2165
3200
5542
2771
4000
6928
3464
version: 1.1
K9AE34010.indd
Protection
With DC, there is no zero crossing point of the voltage and current to facilitate arc
extinction in the protective device.
The arcing time is longer and the energy that has to be absorbed is higher than for
AC.
The voltage of the DC arc must rise to the source voltage very quickly in order to
"put out" the short-circuit current.
"Shortened" electrical equation: U network = R x Isc + Uarc where:
b Isc = U network - Uarc / R
b Isc = 0 when Uarc = U network.
Use with specific switchgear
A quick rise in arcing voltage can be achieved by using series fuses, one fuse on
the + and one fuse on the of each circuit.
For some current rating and fuse characteristics, the placing of two fuses in series
on each polarity may be specified (highly inductive circuit).
In some cases, two fuses must be placed in parallel for each polarity.
K9AE34010.indd
version: 1.1
159
Design guide
Frequencies
400 Hz
Canalis KTA
KT busbar trunking derating at 400Hz
Values at 35 C.
Application of a derating coefficient at 400 Hz combined with that for temperature
derating.
Busbar trunking derating
Voltage drop
In (A)
688
851
1014
1327
1635
2024
2394
3162
Coefficient K at
400 Hz
0.86
0.85
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
0.79
3-phase voltage drop, in millivolts per metre and per amp 400 Hz with load spread
over the run.
For a concentration of load at the end of a run (transport), the voltage drops are
double those shown in the table below.
U evenly spread (mV. A. m)
Cos = 1.0
0.079
0.068
0.057
0.044
0.038
0.033
0.025
0.020
Cos = 0.9
0.12
0.109
0.096
0.079
0.067
0.054
0.045
0.039
Cos = 0.8
0.13
0.121
0.108
0.089
0.076
0.060
0.051
0.045
Conductor impedance
Average ohmic
resistance of phase
and neutral
conductors at In(1)
Rb1ph (m/m)
160
0.092
0.079
0.066
0.051
0.044
0.039
0.029
0.023
Average resistance
0.14
0.128
0.120
0.104
at In and rated
(1)
F(Hz)
Xph (m/m)
(1) In line with the CENELEC RO.64.013 document.
0.088
0.064
0.059
0.056
version: 1.1
K9AE34020.indd

Transparent Ready units
The Transparent Ready concept
Transparent Ready is a simple solution to access information (status,

measurements, etc.) available from your electrical distribution equipment
(transformers, switchboards, busbar trunking).
DD205669_r
This information can be accessed from any PC connected to your Ethernet network
via a simple Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer). No other software is required.
DD205671
DD205668_r
DD205666
Transparent Ready can make your company more competitive by:

b reducing operating costs
b optimising equipment performance
b improving the reliability of the electrical power supply.
Customer needs for measurements and

metering
In all non-residential buildings, the need for sub-metering exists and is growing
underthe combined effects of:
b national and supra-national energy regulations
b the need to reduce overheads and production costs
b the allocation of energy expenditures to cost centres
b the outsourcing of operations tasks to specialists.
Operators must therefore have access to reliable pre-processed information in
order to:
b identify areas for potential savings
b model building energy flows and anticipate evolving needs
b optimise energy supply and consumption.
K9AE34030.indd
version: 1.1
161
Design guide
Transparent Ready units

Canalis KTA
Canalis and Transparent Ready
DD205664
Canalis offers measurement and metering units that can be mounted on both
Canalis KS and KT trunking ranges, available in two ratings (250 A and 400 A).
They are equipped with mounting plates designed to receive a PowerLogic
PM810 Power Meter, a Compact NS circuit breaker and the associated current
transformers.
These units are connected to Transparent Ready solutions using a Modbus
communication network.
DD205947
An automatic PowerLogic gateway (EGX400) provides the link between Modbus

and Ethernet TCP/IP networks.
Data acquisition in distributed

architectures
DD205948
When busbar trunking is located upstream of a secondary trunking line, the

measurement devices should be installed in the tap-off units.
162
version: 1.1
K9AE34030.indd
Canalis and Transparent Ready
When the power-monitoring unit is installed in a tap-off unit, it is often too high for
easy reading of the measurements.
DD205949
We therefore recommend using a Power Meter PM810 with a Modbus

communication option.
DD202287n
Then the Canalis solution is to install a KBA line 25ED4303T parallel to the main
line and dedicated to carry the information (as a Modbus network) from the
powermonitoring tap-off unit to the Ethernet TCP/IP network (see "The Transparent
Ready Concept") and the connections are:
K9AE34030.indd
version: 1.1
163
Design guide
Fire resistance
Canalis KTA
As required by standards, Canalis KT busbar trunking complies with:
1 - material resistance to abnormal temperatures,
2 - flame propagation resistance,
3 - fire barrier function when going through a partition wall,
4 - conservation of all circuits for 1h30 in an insulating sheath.
Definition of tests
1 - Insulating material resistance test to abnormal

temperatures
Objective
To check a material will not be suspected as being the origin of a secondary fire
outbreak.
As defined in standards 8.2.13 IEC 60439-2 and IEC 60695-2-10 and 2-13.
Method
Application of an incandescent wire for 30 seconds on the insulating materials in
contact with live parts.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the incandescent wire test if:
b if there is no visible flame and no sustained incandescence
b the specimens flames and incandescence go out within 30 seconds of the
incandescent wire being removed.
2 - Flame propagation resistance test

Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not create secondary fire outbreaks.
As defined in standards 8.2.14 IEC 60439-2 and IEC 60332 part 3.
Method
b Application of a flame for 40 minutes on a straight length of busbar trunking
whose centre is located 2.5 metres from the edge of the burner.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the test if:
b combustion does not occur
b the maximum extent of the burned part (external and internal) of the busbar
trunking does not go beyond 2.5 metres above the lower edge of the burner.
164
version: 1.1
K9AE35000.indd
3 - Fire barrier test through a partition wall

Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not propagate a fire from one room to another by
crossing a fire barrier wall for 60, 120, 180, or 240 minutes.
As defined in standard EN 1366-3; EN 1363-1; ISO 834; DIN 4102 part 9.
Method
The fire barrier busbar trunking section to be tested is placed in an oven which
executes a standardised temperature-time curve.
Result criteria
b there are no flames behind the fire barrier
b there is no smoke or gas behind the fire barrier (not requested by the standard;
can appear as a remark in the test report)
b the temperature rise of the casing behind the fire barrier does not exceed 180C.
4 - Conservation of all circuits in fire conditions test

Objective
To check all the busbar trunkings electrical circuits are preserved in fire conditions.
As defined in standard DIN 4102 part 12.
Method
Its entire length inserted, the busbar trunking is taken as a specimen in an
insulating sheath.
Result criteria
b conductor continuity is preserved
b there is no short-circuit between conductors.
K9AE35000.indd
version: 1.1
165
Seismic resistance
Design guide
Canalis KTA
DD405612
Seismic zones worldwide

zone 4
zone 3
zone 2
zone 1
zone 0
Canalis KT is seismic certified in accordance with the protocol described in IEC

60980 and a seismic level equivalent to >7 on the Richter scale and severity 9 on the
international MSK- 64 scale.
The spectrum used for testing is the one specified for civil engineering and nuclear
applications in GOST 17516.1-90.
Spectrum according to GOST
DB402698
GOST nuclear market spectra

4
Acceleration (g)
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency (Hz)
GOST horizontal
GOST vertical
166
version: 1.1
K9AE35000.indd
Installation and support
Supports for conventional applications can be used for seismic applications by

following the recommendations below:
DB402682
b For flexible support

Use of supports and rods, reference KTB0000ZA1, with a minimum length of 1000
mm and additional clamping as per the following diagram.
Safety limit: 250 mm round the busbar trunking (amplitude noted during testing).
DB402683
b For rigid support

Use of conventional mechanically welded consoles with rigid busbar trunking
fastening.
For both cases:

b its conventional fixing centre distances are maintained (3 m edgewise, 2 m flat)
b the levels achieved are applicable for horizontal, edgewise or flat or vertical
installations.
K9AE35000.indd
version: 1.1
167
Design guide
Testing and commissioning

procedure
Canalis KTA
All the operations described below are given for indication only. Under no
circumstances can they be used to substitute the installation companys own
procedures and engage Schneider Electrics responsibility.
Scope
High power busbar trunking, transformer-switchboard links.

Required tools
b Multimeter.
b 500 V megger.
b Roto-phase.
Prerequisites
b If need be, the old equipment has been removed from the premises.
b The new equipment has been manoeuvred into the premises where it is to be
installed by the installation contractor.
b The equipment has been installed by the installation contractor in accordance
with manufacturers recommendations.
b The equipments installation diagram, connection diagram and assembly results
sheet are available for the commissioning engineer.
De-energising the installation and making it safe
The works manager is responsible for worksite safety and must ensure the
installation is de-energised and made safe in accordance with safety rules before
any inspection or measurement is performed.
Equipment checking, positioning and

identification
After the installation contractor has positioned, assembled and connected the
busbar trunking in accordance with the supplied installation, assembly and
connection diagrams, and using the recommended tools and handling equipment,
the following characteristics must:
b be noted,
b be checked for compliance with respect to the details shown on the drawing.
Brand
Busbar trunking rating:
Equipment type:
Serial number:
Reference:
Date of manufacture:
Transformer power:
Source circuit breaker

(busbar trunking
protection):
General visual inspection
The equipment has been chosen according to its electrical environment (rating and
protection adapted to operating conditions).
The following points do not require checking.
Points concerning reception, storage and handling
No signs of:
b shock (which may deteriorate internal insulation: conductor insulation on straight
lengths or at the tap-off points or joint blocks)
b humidity or oxidation (equipment stored outside should have been covered with
a plastic sheet, sheltered from humidity, dirt and dust)
b firms label defining the products characteristics.
168
version: 1.1
K9AE36000.indd
DD206098
Points concerning installation and fittings

Assembly compliance with the specifications of the installation drawing, service
instructions and the catalogue:
b no busbar trunking twisting
b positioning and distance of the busbar trunking with respect to the building
b fixings, compliance of the between centres distance of the equipment for flat or
edgewise, horizontal or vertical distribution
b clamps, not fully blocked to allow movement due to longitudinal forces
b presence of expansion sections if necessary.
Checking power connections

DD205950
Check the number of connection parts and their cross-sections for each conductor
(see "Installation guide").
Check insulation distances between 2 conductors and between conductors and
metal panels.
DD210764
DD205951
Check the tightening torque of bolts not fitted with torque nuts. For bolts fitted with
torque nuts, check the head has broken-off.
Check the bolt length exceeding the nut ; some bolts may have been removed and
then put back, but left untightened.
Mark each tightened nut using indelible varnish. As well as a means of selfinspection to ensure correct tightening torque, it also allows any untightening to be
identified.
Class 8-8 nuts and bolts (M8 on LV switchboard side, see "Commissioning Guide
for Schneider Electric LV Switchboards").
Bolt
Tightening torque
HM16
16 mdaN
HM14
12 mdaN
HM12
7 mdaN
HM10
5 mdaN
The results of all these checks must be noted on the results sheet by the
installation contractor.
PB104861
Checking insulation between live conductors
These measurements and checks can only be performed if:

b each link is disconnected by an isolating device,
b each link is disconnected from the upstream transformer, with the main circuit
breaker upstream of the LV switchboard unplugged and in the open position.
Test means: 500 V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)
Measurements: 6 measurements between live conductors (between phases and
then between each phase and neutral).
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 Volts): 1000 ohms/volt of nominal voltage
(IEC 60 439-1) allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 M for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000V and Ri = 1 M (value to be taken
into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
K9AE36000.indd
version: 1.1
169
Design guide
Testing and commissioning

procedure
Canalis KTA
Checking the earth network and locks
Earth network

Check:
b the galvanised steel casing sides are earthed (note: this depends on the earthing
system)
b connection quality
b cable cross-section
b there are no loose metal parts (washers, screws) in the tap-off units.
Note: the results of these checks must have already been noted on the results
sheet by the installation contractor.
Checking insulation between live conductors and earth
Following this check, each link must be reconnected to the upstream transformer
(use the 2nd available 6 daN.m torque bolt heads).
PB104862
Test means: 500 V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)

Measurements: between each phase or neutral(1) and earth (the casing if it is
connected to earth).
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 V): 1000 of nominal voltage (IEC 60 439-1)
allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 M for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000 V and Ri = 1 M (value to be taken
into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
(1) No neutral insulation if the earthing system is such that the neutral is connected to or used
as the earth.
Caution: in this case, once the transformer has been reconnected (star secondary), the phaseearth measurement is the winding resistance.
PE protective circuit equipotential
Reference: IEC 60 439-1:

Check PE protective circuit continuity by visual inspection and random continuity
testing.
The previously performed "phases-PE" insulation test must have been compliant.
Test means: ohmmeter.
Locks
To protect personnel by not allowing access to live parts through the use of locks.
Only concerns key operated safety locks.
Checking connections and auxiliary

testing
170
Check not relevant to busbar trunking.
version: 1.1
K9AE36000.indd
De-energised equipment operating tests
Checking source circuit breaker protection settings
Compliance check in accordance with the installation drawing specifications:

b Imax thermal
b In magnetic.
Note: this check is only to be performed if the busbar trunking is commissioned
at the same time as the transformer: the source circuit breaker protection setting
checks are related to transformer commissioning.
Check not relevant if the transformer has already been commissioned.
If this check is successful, the busbar trunking can be commissioned and
the energised operating tests performed with the appropriate protective
equipment
Commissioning and energised

equipment operating tests
NOTE: commissioning can only be carried out by personnel with appropriate

authorisations.
Preliminary operation: energising the off-load transformer.
Closing the source circuit breaker.
Checking phase order
Objective: to detect, in order to correct, an inversion of the phases or neutral

amongst the busbar trunkings 4 incoming and outgoing connections with respect
to the transformer output.
Test means: roto-phase or 3-phase harmonic analyser.
If busbar trunking energising is successful, a progressive start-up of the factory
must be requested to definitively validate commissioning.
If unsuccessful, the previous checks must be carried out again to try and
locate the fault. Before undertaking this, the equipment must once again be
made safe.
Final putting into service test
This test is performed once the busbar trunking has been energised. The
progressive start-up of loads will highlight any undesirable phenomena due to the
increased average load.
Real life operating test
Once the high power busbar trunking has been energised, the other busbar
trunking must be gradually put into service starting with those furthest from the
load, then each load itself, those with high pull-in currents, then the lighting,
contactors, heating, motors, etc.
There must not be excessive vibration, and no sparkovers should be observed.
The test simply consists of checking correct busbar trunking operation according
to:
b the average number of machines in operation
b the load variation of each individual load
b the simultaneous operation of machines (superimposing of peaks).
If everything is in order, the busbar trunking is declared "in-service".
Testing is completed.
K9AE36000.indd
version: 1.1
171
172
version: 1.1
K9AE36000.indd
Contents
Index
Introduction
Design guide
3
19
37
65
135
Layout advice
174
Horizontal distribution
184
Rising mains
190
Panorama ofconnection solutions
198
Connection to LV switchboards
200
Connection to Okken andPrisma Plus LV switchboards
202
Connection to Okken switchboards
203
Connection to Prisma Plus LV switchboards
205
Connection to Okken andPrisma Plus LV switchboards
207
208
Connection to cast resin transformers
214
Connection to Trihal cast resin transformers
216
Connection to cast resin transformers
219
Connection to oil immersed transformers
224
Recommandations
233
Run optimisation 174

Positioning and supports 177
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems 180
Tips for determining dimensions at the worksite 181
Positioning the tap-off units 184
Tap-off units 185
Checking and compensating for expansion 186
General 190
Positioning the busbar trunking without external fire barrier 191
Positioning the tap-off units 192
Positioning of supports 193
Positioning the external fire barriers 194
Installation with feed via a cable box or direct onto the switchboard 195
Selection guide
By Canalis interface
By universal feed unit

By feed and connection plates
Selection guide
By universal feed and connection plates

Selection guide
By feed and connection plates or braids
Other connection solutions
DEBU021EN_Installation guide.indd
version: 1.1
200
202
203
205
207
208
210
214
216
219
224
226
231
173
Installation guide
Layout advice
Run optimisation
Canalis KTA
CanBrass software
PD202428_r
CanBrass software can be used to design the busbar trunking line.

The easy-to-use program creates a graphic model of the line, determines the
length and draws up the list of Canalis KT parts to order.
The Canalis KT line is easy to specify simply by indicating the required dimensions.
However, it is strongly advised to use the shortest and simplest path possible
between the transformer and the switchboard.
It is important to carefully plan the layout of the transformer and switchboard in
order to use:
b the maximum number of standard components rather than made-to-measure
components
b the minimum number of components for changing direction
b straight made-to-measure components rather than made-to-measure
components for changing direction.
Advice
Before defining your busbar trunking run, it is recommended you pay particular
attention to the various parameters which could be detrimental to the installation.
DD210900
DD210895
Obstacles that obstruct the busbar trunking such as beams,

pipes, etc.
DD210903
DD210902
Badly positioned places for going through walls and floors.
174
DD210896
DD210897
Joint positions in the middle of a partition wall.
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Insufficient ceiling height.
DD210898
DD210899
If the busbar trunking must be installed edgewise between a transformer and

switchboard, ensure the ceiling height is sufficient for fitting the joint blocks from
the top.
Reserve a space between the busbar trunking and the ceiling equal to 100 mm
(variable depending on the rating, see "Catalogue numbers and dimensions").
DD210903
DD210904
Going through a floor to bottom feed a switchboard on the

next floor.
DD210905
Difference in floor levels of 2 rooms.
Also make sure that as the work progresses other tradesmen do not carry out
installations that could hinder your initial layout.
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
175
Installation guide
Layout advice
Run optimisation
Canalis KTA
Examples of link optimisation
DD210910
Example 1
Reducing the number of changes of direction by modifying the switchboard or
transformer layout.
DD210911
Example 2
Use of 2 standard elbows in place of a made to measure zed by increasing
dimension "L".
DD210912
Modification of the busbar trunking height

By slightly increasing dimension "Z", replace a made to measure elbow feed
connector with a standard feed connector and standard elbow section.
Neutral position
DD205952
When choosing the layout of the electrical installation, it is important care is taken
when positioning the neutral between the transformer and the switchboard.
If the neutral position is different to that planned, it is recommended the transformer
is moved, if possible, to align the neutral with respect to the switchboards neutral.
When it is not possible to move the transformer, it is recommended the phase order
in the switchboard is inversed.
If this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTPp10
176
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
DD205953
Positioning and supports
Edgewise passage through

partition wall
DD210932
DD210933
Flat passage through partition wall
K9AE41000.indd
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
version: 1.1
177
Installation guide
Layout advice
Positioning and supports

Canalis KTA
A support point as close as possible to the connections is needed because
transformers, generator sets and switchboards must not support the weight of the
busbar trunking.
In some industries, for service continuity reasons, transformers may be replaced
quickly. The busbar trunking must be able to support itself.
Edgewise horizontal installation

DD210930
The maximum recommended distance between supports is 3 metres.

In all cases, provide for 2 supports for 4 metre sections.
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 188.
3000
Flat horizontal installation

DD210931
The recommended distance between supports is 2 metres. In addition, a support

must be placed at 300 or 400 mm from the joint block axis.
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 188.
Example of spreading out supports

DD205954
Plan for a maximum distance between supports of 3 metres.
178
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Defining the layout, dimensions to be

provided
DD210924
The position of the joint block with respect to the transformer axes and switchboard
edges (defined in the "Installation guide").
Distance between busbar trunking

(without tap-off units)
Edgewise installation
DD210928
DD210927
Flat installation
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
DD210925
Distance of the busbar trunking from

the wall
(1) Provide 2 times the height if the joint block must be fitted from the top.
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
DD210926
Flat installation
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
179
Installation guide
Layout advice
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems

Canalis KTA
This section will be ordered after the gap to be filled has been measured at the end
of the job. To optimise its delivery to site, prefer a straight section with a length of
less than 2 metres rather than made to measure elbows.
1: Standard straight
section.
2: Made to measure
elbow.
DD210906
DD205956
Undecided section
DD210907
3: Made to measure
straight section.
4: Standard elbow.
DD210909
On the drawing, provide a minimum dimension of 700 mm to guarantee an

adjustment of 200 mm on-site. The minimum length of straight sections being
equal to 500 mm.
Layout recommendations for adjustable

or undecided sections
DD210994
In order to provide for the place needed for an adjustable or undecided section,
install the elbows and the sections attached to the elbows in each angle (support
each assembly using 2 supports on each straight section).
And then complete the layout with standard and made to measure straight
sections.
180
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Tips for determining dimensions at the

worksite
Straight section
DD210913
The nominal length "L" of a straight section is measured from the axis of the
joint block to the other axis of the joint block, in millimetres (the joint block axis is
located 20 mm from the end of the bars).
Dimension L of the standard or made to measure section = x - 40 mm.
(1) For the different busbar trunking heights, see page 179.
(2) See "Run sections" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
x : measured dimension.
Example: x = 1860 mm hence L = 1860 - 40 = 1820 mm.
Flat elbows
Change-of-directions
DD210918
DD205957
The nominal length of each branch is measured from the axis of the joint block to
the axis of the other branch, in millimetres. The joint block axis is located 20 mm
from the end of the bars.
A and B: see "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
"Flat" elbow, external positioning

A = A1 + A2 + (140/2) - 20
"Flat" elbow, internal positioning
A = A1 - A2 - (140/2) - 20
(1) See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
181
Installation guide
Layout advice
Tips for determining dimensions at the

worksite
Canalis KTA
DD205958
Edgewise elbows
DD210919
A and B: see "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
"Edgewise" elbow, external

positioning
A = A1 + A2 + (H/2) - 20
"Edgewise" elbow, internal

positioning
A = A1 - A2 - (H/2) - 20
DD205959
Flat Zed
DD210922
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
A, B and C: see "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
B = B1 - B2
182
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
DD205960
Edgewise Zed
DD210923
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
A, B and C: see "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
B = B1 - B2
Definition of final section parameters
Reminder: the final section should preferably be a straight section.

Take into account the neutral position when choosing the section.
DD205961
Tools
Tape
measure
Spirit level
Lead line
Stick
Ruler
Laser or infra-red reader
DD205962
Their use
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
183
Installation guide
Positioning the tap-off units
Canalis KTA
PD202398_r
It is possible to combine the following in the same installation:

b straight transport sections with straight sections containing fixed or plug-on tapoff points
b straight sections of different lengths
b straight sections with different numbers of fixed or plug-on tap-off points
b
Positioning the tap-off units on the

busbar trunking
DD210938
Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
b on a 2000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTAppppEDp20):
v 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units:
DD210936
v 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit,
DD210939
v 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units:
DD210995
b on a 4000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTAppppEDp40):

v 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x
160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit:
DD210996
v 1 x 400 A fuse tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A fuse tap-off unit and 1 x160 A fuse tap-off
unit:
DD210937
b on a 4000 mm straight section with fixed tap-off points (KTAppppEBp40):

v 1 x 400 to 630 A fixed tap-off unit and 1 x 800 to 1000 A fixed tap-off unit:
Cable exit.
184
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Tap-off units
DD210997
When the tap-off units have to be distributed along the length of the busbar
trunking, use 2 metre sections and alternate the tap-off point positions.
Recommendations for installing

2parallel busbar trunking runs
For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
of the tap-off units.
DD205963
Type
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
Fuse tap-off
units
Tap-off unit door opening
KSB160DCp
160
150
KSB250DCp
240
160
KSB400DCp
240
160
KTB0630CBp
175
175
KTB1000CBp
275
275
KSB160SEp
150
150
KSB250SEp
250
160
KSB400SEp
440
160
DD205964
Provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm between the busbar trunking and the
ceiling to allow for the opening of tap-off unit doors.
Type
Rating (A)
K9AE41000.indd
Dimensions
(mm)
A
B
Cat. no.
Dimensions
(mm)
X
E(1)
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
KSB160DCp
625.5
246
KSB250DCp
726.5
300
KSB400DCp
976,5
350
Fuse tap-off
units
KSB160SEp
577,5
207
KSB250SEp
777
258
KSB400SEp
(1) With the handle.
855
316
DD210942
Installing an isolator or run protective

device
Cat. no.
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
1000
159
529
1250
149
539
1600
129
559
2000
109
579
2500
89
599
3200
98
662
version: 1.1
185
Installation guide
Checking and compensating for expansion

Canalis KTA
DD202446
Expansion poses a problem when:

b the runs are made up of long straight sections
b when the busbar trunking passes through an expansion joint between two
buildings.
Long part runs
Electrical busbar trunking can be subjected to a multitude of load variations during

its service life (e.g. day/night, summer/winter) which cause temperature rise
differences and thus variable expansions.
To absorb expansion in a Canalis KT busbar trunking, a specific section must be
used: the expansion section.
Horizontal runs without tap-off units
If the busbar trunking length is greater than 30 metres, provide for expansion
sections and appropriate blocking means. The ends and, in some cases, the
centre of part runs must be blocked in order to direct the extensions towards the
expansion sections.
DD210998
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar
trunking lengths:
b 0 to 30 metres:
DD210999
b 31 to 60 metres:
DD211000
b 61 to 90 metres:
DD211001
91 to 120 metres:
Blocked fixing supports,

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion.
186
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Horizontal runs with tap-off units
DD211002
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar trunking
lengths:
b 0 to 30 metres:
DD211003
b 31 to 60 metres:
DD211004
b 61 to 120 metres:

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion,
Tap-off unit.
DD2111005
Transformer/switchboard links

Expansion section,
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
187
Installation guide

Canalis KTA
Rules for fixing busbar trunking to the supports
DD205965
For correct system operation, the expansion of the part run in question must be
directed towards the expansion section.
This implies:
b the busbar trunking must be free from all longitudinal movement on its supports
b the expansion section must be blocked on the opposite side to that by which it is
pushed.
1
2
Free fixings.
Blocked fixings.
Installation of free fixings
Flat assembly
DD211008
DD211007
Edgewise assembly
Installation of blocked fixings

Edgewise assembly
DD211010
DD211009
188
Flat assembly
version: 1.1
K9AE41000.indd
Passing through a joint between

2buildings
DD211012
Here, the expansion section allows the busbar trunking to absorb the forces due to
the relative movement between the 2 buildings.
Building A
Building B
DD205966
Blocked fixing supports.
1 Blocked fixings.
Installation of blocked fixings
Flat assembly
DD211009
DD211010
Edgewise assembly
K9AE41000.indd
version: 1.1
189
Installation guide
Rising mains
General
Canalis KTA
PD202319_r
Canalis KT enables power distribution to each floor of multi-storey buildings (office

buildings, hotels, hospitals, etc).
In this application, Canalis KT retains all its construction principles:
Vertically mounted, the protection degree of the KT busbar trunking is IP55 as
standard.
Installing a rising main

1 Installation principle
Installation at each floor of:
b a 2 metre distribution section
b a made to measure transport section to go through the floor slab
b a busbar trunking support
b up to 3 x 160 A tap-off units or a 250 or 400 A tap-off unit and a 160 A tap-off unit.
2 Installation feed
The installation feed is achieved using either a cable box or by direct connection to
an electrical distribution switchboard.
3 Busbar trunking supports
The supports fix the vertical run section to the building structure. a floor slab
support. It can be fixed to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor,
This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
b fitting to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor
b height adjustment to make up for positioning errors
b depth adjustment from 50 to100 mm
b spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
b absorption of building stresses with respect to the busbar trunking (expansion,
vibration, etc) thanks to the springs.
4 Tap-off units
All Canalis KS tap-off units can be mounted vertically on the Canalis KT without the
risk of interference with the supports.
190
version: 1.1
K9AE45000.indd
Positioning the busbar trunking without

external fire barrier
DD205967
Positioning the neutral
The busbar trunking must be positioned with the neutral on the right.
Positioning the joint block
It is important the joint block is not positioned in the floor slab.
DD205968
We recommend you provide for a distance of:

b 400 mm between the floor slab and the joint block axis to be able to install a
support to the wall or wall bracket to facilitate the re-filling of the hole and to cope
with possible building faults (e.g. screed not indicated on the drawings). Provide
500 mm for a floor fixing
b 200 mm between the upper joint block and the ceiling to allow the busbar
trunking to be boxed-in when filling-in the hole with plaster or concrete.
Positioning the tap-offs
The run sections are fitted with 3 tap-off points. Spaced at 500 mm intervals, they
provide a high density of tap-offs per floor.
Flat passage through
partition wall
K9AE45000.indd
DD210933
DD210932
Edgewise passage through

partition wall
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
Height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
version: 1.1
191
Installation guide
Rising mains
Positioning the tap-off units

Canalis KTA
DD205969
Positioning the tap-off units on the busbar trunking
Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
1 - 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units
2 - 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit
3 - 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units
4 - 1 x 800 to 1000 A bolted tap-off unit
Cable exit
DD210964
R = 12 x of cable
Recommendations for installing 2 rising mains in parallel
For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
of the tap-off units.
Cable exit.
DD205970
Type
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
Fuse tap-off
units
Cat. no
Dimensions
(mm)
A
B
KSB160DCp
160
150
KSB250DCp
240
160
KSB400DCp
240
160
KTB0630CBp
175
175
KTB1000CBp
275
275
KSB160SEp
150
150
KSB250SEp
250
160
KSB400SEp
440
160
Tap-off unit door opening
DD205971
If installed in a technical room, provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm

between the busbar trunking and the wall in order to be able to open the doors of
the tap-off units.
192
version: 1.1
K9AE45000.indd
Positioning of supports
DD205972
2 fixing systems are available:

b a rear wall fixing system for 800 A to 1600 A busbar trunking
b a side wall fixing system for 2000 A to 4000 A busbar trunking.
DD210967
Wall support
Wall drilling drawing to fix

the support.
800 to 1600 A.
2000 to 4000 A.

Y : 50 mm minimum to 100 mm maximum
DD210966
Wall bracket support (if Y > 100 mm)
X u 400.
2000 to 4000 A.
800 to 1600 A.
DD210965
Floor support
800 to 1600 A.
K9AE45000.indd
2000 to 4000 A.
version: 1.1
193
Rising mains
Installation guide
Positioning the external fire barriers

Canalis KTA
Horizontal mounting
200
DB401852
DB401853
Vertical mounting
The filler material around the

busbar trunking must meet the
requirements currently in force to
guarantee that the wall and
ceiling fire-resistance class
(for example DIN 1045 and
DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
Filler material not supplied.
400
200
200
400
200
L
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
200
DB402665
600
DB402664
500
500
Rating
KTA0800
KTA1000
KTA1250
KTA1600
KTA2000
KTA2500
KTA3200
KTA4000
20
Edgewise passage through partition wall
Distances to comply
DB402678
DB402680
DB402679
Flat passage through partition wall
DB402681
194
version: 1.1
K9AE45000.indd
Installation with feed via a cable box or

direct onto the switchboard
Installation with feed via a cable box.
K9AE45000.indd
DD205973
2 possibilities:
b installation with feed direct to the switchboard
b installation with feed via a cable box.
version: 1.1
195
Installation guide
Rising mains
Installation with feed via a cable box or

direct onto the switchboard
Installation with feed direct to the
switchboard
196
DD205974
Canalis KTA
version: 1.1
K9AE45000.indd
K9AE45000.indd
version: 1.1
197
Installation guide
Panorama of
connection solutions
Canalis KTA
The Schneider Electric system
The comprehensive Schneider Electric system makes it simple to design a
complete transformer/Canalis KT/switchboard installation.
Using dedicated interfaces, the trunking connects directly to the dry-type
transformer and the switchboard for:
b tested and standardised connections
b fast and flexible installation
b shorter lead times.
Advantages
b No design work for the connections.
b Simplified layout design:
v pre-defined position of the jointing unit
v simplified routing (only three dimensions required)
v smaller size (no additional covers required).
b Transformer and switchboard supplied with connections already mounted.
b Short lead times and fewer catalogue numbers for connections.
b Adaptable on the worksite:
v transformer end: 15 mm adjustments along all three axes
v switchboard end: phases can be inverted.
b Continuity of service:
v transformer can be replaced in less than one hour
v transformer, trunking and switchboard designed to be used together.
b Safety:
v trunking fully tested in compliance with IEC 60439-1 and 2
v compliance with standards and installation rules
v excellent fire-withstand capability.
b Comfort:
v low level of electromagnetic radiation
v no noise.
Compatibility between Trihal transformers/Canalis KT/Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards
Trihal transformers
Rating
Naturally
ventilated
(AN) dry-type
transformers
Ie max.
1000 kVA 1408 A
Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards

Forced
NS/NT/NW circuit breakers
ventilated (AF)
dry-type
800 A
1000 A
1250 A
1600 A
transformers, Interfaces
08/16
25% overload
Junctions H164
accepted
Ie max.
1109 A
n1
H124
KTA1000, KTA1000, KTA1000, KTA1000,
KTA1250 KTA1250 KTA1250 KTA1250
1408 A
n2
H164
KTA1250, KTA1250, KTA1250, KTA1250,
KTA1600 KTA1600 KTA1600 KTA1600
1760 A
n3
H204
KTA1600 KTA1600 KTA1600 KTA1600
1250 kVA 1760 A
2200 A
n4
H244
1600 kVA 2253 A

2000 kVA 2813 A
2816 A
3516 A
n5
n6
H324
H404
630 kVA
887 A
800 kVA
1126 A
NS/NW circuit breakers

2000 A
20/25
H244
2500 A
3200 A
32
H404
NW circuit
breakers
4000 A
40
H404
KTA1600 KTA1600 -
KTA1600,
KTA2000
KTA2000,
KTA2500
KTA2500
-
KTA1600,
KTA2000
KTA2000,
KTA2500
KTA2500
-
PD202432_r
KTA3200 KTA3200
KTA3200, KTA3200,
KTA4000 KTA4000
2500 kVA 3520 A
4400 A
n7
H404
KTA4000 KTA4000
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar
trunking must be checked.
-
Connection to an LV
switchboard using a
dedicated interface,
see page 202.
Connection to a drytype transformer using

a dedicated interface,
see page 216.
198
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Connection to an
LV switchboard
using a dedicated
interface,
see page 202.
PD202301_r
Universal
connection to a
dry-type transformer,
see page 219.
Universal
connection
to an oil-filled
transformer,
see page 226.
PD202302_r
Universal
connection to an
LV switchboard,
see page 208.
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
199
Installation guide
Selection guide
Canalis KTA
This guide may be used to:
b select the connection best suited to your installation (incoming direction, trunking
installed flat or edgewise, different phase order)
b check the total height of the connection with respect to the ceiling, i.e.
dimension Z0 + Z2 (100 mm minimum clearance required between top of
connection and ceiling)
b optimise the connection by ensuring that (Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to
avoid having to use elbows and zed units
b position the fixing devices used to support the trunking.
DD205975
PD202304_r
SB1
Z0
SB2
Direct connection
Without protective covers
SB3
DD205977
Connection with an interface
DD205976
Type of connection
see page 202
see page 202
As per manufacturing drawings
minimum
74
82
138
maximum
472
Z2
Z1 + 140
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
Phase order can be changed
Mounting in workshop
Exit through front or rear
Z1
Exit through left or right side
Flat installation
200
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Rating (A)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
DD205981
With protective covers

SB7
DD205980
SB6
DD205979
SB5
DD205978
SB4
473
130
465
H = 74 to 124 mm
195 - H/2
H = 164 to 244 mm
255 - H/2
H = 324 to 404 mm
355 - H/2
464
Z1 + H
Z1 + 140
Z1 + 140
H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm
H = 164 or 204 or 244 mm
H = 324 or 404 mm
Z1 + H/2 + 115
Z1 + H/2 + 175
Z1 + H/2 + 255
b
b
b
b
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
201
Connection to Okken and

Prisma Plus LV switchboards
Installation guide
Canalis KTA
PD202328_r
Switchboards can be equipped with connections for Canalis KT. Jointing with the
switchboard is via a standard run component (straight length, elbow, etc.) and a
jointing unit (identical to those used between line components). The trunking enters
the switchboard via the top (roof).
Switchboard connections are available from 800 to 4000 A.
Type of
switchboard
Prisma Plus
Okken
Rating of trunking Type of circuit

(A)
breaker
Type of connection
800 to 1600
Compact NS
Top direct and rear
Masterpact NT
Top direct and rear
800 to 3200
Masterpact NW
Top direct and rear
4000
Masterpact NW
Rear
800 to 4000
Masterpact NW
Top direct and rear
Connections are tested and qualified under normal operating conditions in

terms of temperature rise () and short-circuit currents (Isc).
The panel builder receives and connects the Canalis KT interface in the workshop.
The phase order at the interface output can be adapted if necessary (this
information must be forwarded to the panel builder).
The switchboard is then delivered to the site and the trunking can be rapidly
connected using a simple jointing unit with torque nuts to ensure the correct
tightening torque.
Compatibility between Canalis KT and the interface in the switchboard(1)(2)
Canalis KT
Cat. no.
KTA1000
KTA1250
KTA1600
KTA2000
KTA2500
KTA3200
KTA4000
Rating
(A)
Height
(mm)
Sealing kit
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
KTB0104TT01
KTB0124TT01
KTB0164TT01
KTB0204TT01
KTB0244TT01
KTB0324TT01
KTB0404TT01
Circuit breakers in Okken et Prisma Plus switchboards

NS/NT/NW
NS/NW
800 and 1000 A 1250 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
Interface 08/16
Interface 20/25
H164(3)
H244(3)
NW
3200 A
4000 A
Interface 32 Interface 40
H404(3)
H404(3)
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all
cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar trunking must be checked.
(2) Coordination with a dry-type transformer, see the "Transformer" section, see page 216.
(3) Height of the jointing unit in millimetres.
The prefabricated connections installed in the switchboard are designed to operate

without derating and can therefore operate at the rated circuit breaker current.
Phase order
DD205982
Using the dedicated interface, it is possible to change the phase order if it is

different between the trunking and the switchboard.
202
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Connection to Okken
switchboards
To 800 to 4000 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers

b Enclosure 600 or 1000 mm deep, access through the front.
Top direct connection (TDC)

DD202310
Position of the jointing unit

Circuit breaker
Drawout, 3P/4P(1)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
NW08/16
175
325
156
NW20/25
175
325
156
NW32
175
325
156
175
325
156
DD206059
NW40
(1) To order, see "Catalogue numbers", page 80.
Reference
point
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
203
Installation guide
Connection to Okken
switchboards
Canalis KTA
Rear connection (RC)

b Enclosure 1000, 1200 or 1400 mm deep, access through the rear.
DD202311

Circuit breaker
Drawout, 3P/4P(1) ,
top position
Drawout, 3P/4P(1) ,
medium position
Drawout, 3P/4P(1) ,
bottom position
Dimensions (mm)
A
Depth (mm)
1000 1200 1400
317
NW08/16
825
363
NW20/25
825
363
317
NW32
825
363
317
NW40
953
NW08/16
825
363
156
363
942
942
NW20/25
825
363
NW32
825
363
942
NW40
363
881
1417
953
NW08/16
1225
363
NW20/25
1225
363
1417
1225
363
1417
DD206058
NW32
Depth: 1200 mm
Depth: 1400 mm
DD202384
Top views
Depth: 1000 mm
Reference
point
Bottom connection
204
For installations with connections through the bottom, please consult us.
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Connection to Prisma Plus

LV switchboards
Top direct connection (TDC)
To a Compact NS1250 or Masterpact NT1200 circuit breaker

b Enclosure 400 mm deep, access through the front.
DD202306

Circuit breaker
Dimensions(1) (mm)
A
B
C
Fixed, 3P/4P(2)
NS800/1250
236
325
160
NT08/12
260
325
160
260
325
170
NS800/1250
or 08/NT12
(1) Dimensions measured from switchboard framework.
DD210765
Drawout, 3P/4P(2)
Reference
point
DD202304

b Enclosure 600 mm deep, access through the front.
Circuit breaker
Fixed, 3P/4P(2)
Dimensions(1) (mm)
A
B
C
NW08/16
185
325
264
NW20/25
185
325
289
NW32
185
325
264
NW08/16
185
344
164
NW20/25
185
344
214
NW32
185
344
214
DD210767
Drawout, 3P/4P(2)
Reference
point
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
205
Installation guide
Connection to Prisma Plus

LV switchboards
Canalis KTA
Rear connection (RC)
DD202307
To a Compact NS1600 or Masterpact NT1600 circuit breaker

b Two enclosures combined:
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.
Circuit breaker
Dimensions(1) (mm)
A
B
C
Fixed, 3P/4P(2)
NS800/1600
or NT08/16
NS800/1600
or NT08/16
325
160
638
325
170
DD210769
Drawout, 3P/4P(2)
638
Reference
point
DD202305

b Two enclosures combined:
v 1 enclosure, 600 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.
Disjoncteur
Fixed, 3P/4P(2)
Dimensions(1) (en mm)

A
B
C
NW08/16
815
325
264
NW20/25
757
325
414
NW32
774
325
414
NW40
790
325
439
NW08/16
815
317
414
NW20/25
815
342
414
NW32
815
317
439
NW40
790
325
439
DD210771
Drawout, 3P/4P(2)
Reference
point
206
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Connection to Okken and

Prisma Plus LV switchboards
Sealing kit
DD205984
DD202314
The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT trunking. The size of the trunking
determines that of the sealing kit. For the different types of kit, see the "Catalogue
numbers and dimensions" pages.
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out drawing for the switchboard roof.
DD205983
KTB0ppppTT01
It is advised to cut out the switchboard roof in the workshop.

Important : the dimensions are measured from switchboard framework.
DD205985
Cut-out drawing (for all the ratings)
Centre lines.
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
207
Installation guide
By universal feed unit

Canalis KTA
PD202329_r
Canalis KT can be connected to switchboards via a universal connector. To simplify

the work, it is advised to fit the switchboard busbars with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Jointing with the switchboard is via a straight or elbow universal feed unit with a
straight or flat outlet.
Connections are made using torque nuts offering both ease of use and the
possibility of a visual check before energising.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking
Rating of trunking (A)
230
400
1600 to 2500
350
400
3200 to 4000
510
600
DD205986
1000 to 1250
DD205987
Busbars in switchboard
(recommended distance between
centres = 115 mm)
Depth Y of universal feed Minimum depth X of

unit plate (mm)
switchboard (mm)
DD205988
If the order of the phases

in the trunking and the
switchboard is different,
it is advised to invert the
phases in the switchboard.
If that is not possible, use
the phase and neutral
crossover components.
For more information, see
the "Description" section,
page 51 and "Catalogue
numbers and dimensions"
section, page 71.
DD205989
Phase order
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTPp10
208
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Cut-out drawing

Cut-out for universal feeder unit, with distance between centres = 115 mm
Depth Y of universal feed unit plate (mm)

230
1600 2500
350
3200 4000
510
DD205990
1000 1250
Centre lines.
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
209
Installation guide
Canalis KTA
PD202331_r
Connection plates are flexible copper bars, insulated or not, and drilled at one or
both ends. They are supplied with bolts, washers and torque nuts for connection to
straight or elbow universal feed units.
To simplify the work, it is advised to universal feed units with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking
1000 to 1250
230
400
1600 to 2500
350
400
3200 to 4000
510
600
Vertical incomer
Horizontal incomer
DD205993
DD205992
DD205991
Universal feed unit

(recommended distance between
centres = 115 mm)
Depth Y of universal feed Minimum depth X of

unit plate (mm)
switchboard (mm)
KTAppppERpp
210
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
Selection of connection plates
The required number of connection plates is indicated in the table below.
1000
1000
1600
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
DD205994
DD210786
Connection
plates
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
Short-circuit withstand
DD210789
1250
DD210788
1000
DD210787
DD210764
Busbar trunking rating (A) Connection plates per phase

Number
Section (mm2)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 2500
3200
4000
Short-circuit withstand table
DD202359
Short-time withstand current (Icw)
Maximum distance between support

centres X (mm)
400
225
y 43 kA
43 kA y Icw y 50 kA
50 kA y Icw y 100 kA
150
Vertical incomer
DD205998
DD205997
Horizontal incomer
Phase order
DD205999
DD205995
DD205996
If the order of the phases in the trunking and the switchboard is different, it is
advised to invert the phases in the switchboard. If that is not possible, use the
phase and neutral crossover components.
For more information, see the "Description" section, section, page 51 and
"Catalogue numbers and dimensions" section, page 71.
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTPp10
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
211
Installation guide
Canalis KTA
Dimensions of protective covers
Horizontal incomer
DD206000
Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors

type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
800 to 1250
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
310 to 800
1600 to 2500
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
430 to 800
3200 to 4000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
590 to 800
KTBppppCR1
Cut-out drawing
DD206001
It is advised to cut out the switchboard roof in the workshop..
Centre lines.
212
version: 1.1
K9AE42000.indd
DD202322
Vertical incomer
Rigid vertical cover KTBppppCR2 (400 to 800 mm height) for ER straight

outlet feed connectors type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
G
Z
800 to 1250
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
1600 to 2500
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
3200 to 4000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
KTBppppCR2
Cut-out drawing
DD206002
Centre lines.
DD202324

Calibre (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
230
220 to 475
1600 to 2500
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
KTBppppCR3
3200 to 4000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
Cut-out drawing
220 to 475
400 to 800
DD206003
800 to 1250
Centre lines.
K9AE42000.indd
version: 1.1
213
Installation guide
Connection to cast resin

transformers
Selection guide
Canalis KTA
This guide will allow you to:
b choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order)
b check the total height of the link with respect to the premises ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling)
b optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to change levels
b position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
See page 216

230
-
Z2
Z1 + 140
Selecting phase order
Fixed
Front or rear exit
Z0
Z1 minimum
maximum
Right or left exit

Edgewise layout
Flat layout
DD206007
TS4
DD206006
Universal connection
TS3
DD206005
Connection with interface to Trihal transformers

TS1
TS2
DD206004
PD202399_r
Type of connection
See page 216

238
According to manufacturers
drawing
350
According to manu
drawing
280
350
280(1)
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
420(1)
Fixed
At time of order
At time of order
b
(1) To use standard connection plates L = 406 mm in accordance with our recommendations.
214
version: 1.1
K9AE43000.indd
Rating (A)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
TS6
TS7
TS8
DD206011
DD206009
TS5
DD206010
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
DD2006008
ufacturers
drawing
350
According to manufacturers drawing According to manufacturers

drawing
280
350
drawing
-
350(1)
280(1)
350(1)
Z1 + H
420(1)
500(1)
At time of order
At time of order
H = 74 or 104 or Z1 + H/2 + 115

124 mm
H = 164 or 204 Z1 + H/2 + 175
or 244 mm
H = 324 or
Z1 + H/2 + 255
404 mm
At time of order
At time of order
b
b
K9AE43000.indd
version: 1.1
215
Installation guide
Connection to Trihal cast resin

transformers
Canalis KTA
PD202434_r
The Trihal dry-type transformers are supplied with a specific interface tested to
receive the Canalis KT busbar trunking. Jointing with the switchboard is achieved
using a standard run section (straight, elbow section, etc) and a joint block identical
to that for connecting run elements.
The Canalis KT/dry type transformer interface, which is fitted to the transformer,
is designed to accept the transformers 25 % overload in the case of forced
ventilation.
The connections are tested and qualified in normal operating conditions with
respect to temperature rise (Dq) and short-circuits (Isc).
The busbar trunking is quickly connected to the dry-type transformer using a simple
joint block with torque nuts, guaranteeing tightening torque.
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for
naturally ventilated (AN) dry-type transformers.
Dry-type transformer
Canalis KT
Rating l nominal(1)
(kVA) (A)
Cross-section
Type
Interface
Type Junction Rating (A)
630
887
H124
1250
140 x 104
KTA1000
800
1126
H164
1600
140 x 124
KTA1250
1000
1408
H204
2000
140 x 164
KTA1600
1250
1760
H244
2500
140 x 204
KTA2000
1600
2253
H324
3200
140 x 244
KTA2500
2000
2816
H404
4000
140 x 324
KTA3200
2500
3520
7
H404
5000
140 x 404
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U - 410 V.
KTA4000
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for

forced ventilated (AF) dry-type transformers.
Canalis KT
Rating l nominal(1)
(kVA) (A)
Cross-section
Type
Interface
Type Junction Rating (A)
630
1108
H124
1250
140 x 124
1250
800
1407
H164
1600
140 x 164
1600
1000
1760
H204
2000
140 x 204
2000
1250
2253
H244
2500
140 x 244
2500
1600
2816
H324
3200
140 x 324
3200
2000
3520
6
H404
4000
140 x 404
4000
If, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance

requirements, you have to use a rating other than those defined in the above
tables, consult us.
If the phase order of

the busbar trunking is
different to that of the
switchboards busbars, it
is recommended a phase
inversion is carried out
in the switchboard. If
this cannot be done, use
the phase and neutral
transposition section.
For more information,
see the Description
section, page 51 and
Catalogue numbers and
dimensions section,
page 71.
DD206012
DD210945
Phase order
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTPp10
216
version: 1.1
K9AE43000.indd
DD210946
Reference point
Dimensions
Dimensions X, Y and Z
Dimensions
(mm)
Transformer power (kVA)

630
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
147
150
170
147
150
170
153
100
100
108
93
124
144
149
X0
233
215
265
245
300
300
322.5
Interface type
Dimensions Y0 and Z0
Y0 = X + L
Z0 = C - M
Dimensions C and L are different according to country standards.
French standard
FT no.235627 rev. 3 - Primary voltage: 20 kV - Insulation voltage: 24 kV Secondary voltage: 410 V
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
1614
1744
1749
1929
2089
2209
2297
220
225
240
240
240
257
275
German standard
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
1734
1744
1749
2019
1979
2199
2279
210
220
225
245
255
255
265
Spanish standard
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
1614
1744
1879
1929
1979
2194
220
225
215
245
250
245
Belgian standard
FT no.235820 rev. 0 - Primary voltage: 15 kV - Insulation voltage: 17.5 kV Secondary voltage: 400 V
Dimensions
(mm)
K9AE43000.indd

630
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
1484
1564
1694
1844
2054
2149
2164
215
210
215
225
230
255
235
version: 1.1
217
Installation guide
Connection to Trihal cast resin

transformers
Canalis KTA
DD206013
Sealing kit
The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT busbar trunking. The busbar trunking
size defines the sealing kit size. For the different types of kit, see Catalogue
numbers / Dimensions.
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out template for the dry-type transformer panels.
KTB0ppppTT01
It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the
workshop.
DD206014
Cut-out drawing
Junction axis.
218
version: 1.1
K9AE43000.indd

transformers

PD202330_r
Canalis KT can be connected to cast resin transformers using a universal feed.

The connection is made using a flexible busbar (connection plates or braids) to
avoid transmitting vibrations and expansions. The connection plates are made up
of either insulated or non-insulated flexible copper bars, drilled at one or both ends.
A nut and bolt kit allows connection to the feed.
The connections use torque-head bolts which provide both ease of installation and
visual inspection of correct tightening before energising.
If the transformer is supplied with panels, provide for an additional cover to
maintain the protection degree.
Choice of Canalis KT busbar trunking rating according to transformer power.
Transformer
Power (kVA)
I nominal(1) (A)
KTA rating
at nominal
power(2) (A)
630
887
1000
800
1126
1250
1000
1408
1600
1250
1760
2000
1600
2253
2500
2000
2816
3200
2500
3520
4000
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U = 410 V and at transformer nominal
setting, without forced ventilation.
(2) The busbar trunking rating is defined for normal operating conditions.
TS3 and TS5 universal connection, edgewise mounting

DD206015
Recommended configurations for shortcircuit withstand

(connection plate L = 400 mm)
KTAppppELp1 or KTAppppELp2 or KTAppppELp3 or KTAppppELp4
DD206016
TS4 and TS6 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)
KTAppppELp1 or KTAppppELp2 or KTAppppELp3 or KTAppppELp4 with angle

bracket KTB0000YE1
K9AE43000.indd
version: 1.1
219
Installation guide

transformers

Canalis KTA
DD206017
TS7 universal connection, edgewise mounting
KTAppppELp5
DD206018
TS7 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)
KTAppppELp5 with angle bracket KTB0000YE

The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
Busbar trunking rating
(A) Connection plates per phase
Number
Cross-section (mm2)
1000
1600
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
Connection
plates
Busbar trunking
rating
(A)
220
DD206023
1000
DD206022
1250
DD206021
1000
DD206020
DD206019
Definition of connection plates
1000 to 1600
2000 to 2500
3200
4000
version: 1.1
K9AE43000.indd
Phase order
Phase selection is made when the feed is ordered.

Phase L2 is fixed and can therefore be used as a reference for installing the feed
on the transformer.
The different phase selection possibilities (T)
DD206024
b Dedicated feeds N1 to N4,
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse
T=1 with T=3 and T=2 with T=4.
DD206025
b Feed with flat bars N5.
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse L1
and L3 on the transformer side marking.
K9AE43000.indd
version: 1.1
221
Installation guide

transformers

Canalis KTA
Vertical protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3

and N4
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
800 to 1250
230
200
350
1600 to 2500
350
200
350
3200 to 4000
510
200
350
DD202344n
KTB0000CR4
Horizontal protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3

and N4
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
800 to 1250
230
330
480
1600 to 2500
350
330
480
3200 to 4000
510
330
480
DD202345n
KTB0000CR5
222
version: 1.1
K9AE43000.indd
Horizontal protection cover for dry-type transformer feed N5

Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
800 to 1250
230
380
530
1600 to 2500
350
500
650
3200 to 4000
510
660
810
DD202347
KTBppppCR6
Cut-out drawing for dry-type

transformer panels
DD206026
It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the

workshop.
K9AE43000.indd
version: 1.1
223
Installation guide
Connection to oil immersed

transformers
Selection guide
Canalis KTA
This guide will allow you to:
b choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order)
b check the total height of the link with respect to the premises ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling)
b optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to change levels
b position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
TH3
DD206029
TH2
DD206028
Vertical incomer
TH1
DD206027
PD202429_r
Incomer type
According to manufacturers drawing
According
minimum
738
1073
730
maximum
1072
1064
Z2
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
Z1 + 140
Front or rear exit

Right or left exit
Edgewise layout
Z0
Z1
b
b
Flat layout
224
version: 1.1
K9AE44000.indd
Rating (A)
800(1)
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
g to manufacturers drawing
TH4
Direct connection
TH5
DD206030
DD206031
DD210867
DD202180
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
1065
Z1 = (Y/H)/2
Z1 = (Y/H)/2
Z1 + 140
H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm
H = 164 or 204 or244 mm
H = 324 or 404 mm
b
510
770
850
b
b
b
K9AE44000.indd
version: 1.1
225
Installation guide

transformers
By feed and connection plates or braids

Canalis KTA
PD202300_r
Connection to an oil immersed transformer is made using flexible bars (connection

plates) to avoid transmitting transformer vibrations to the busbar trunking and to
limit the stress on connection terminals.
Choice of busbar trunking
Rating (kVA)
Canalis KT aluminium busbar

trunking
Rating (A)
Cross-section
l nominal(1)
(A)
500
704
800
140 x 74
630
887
1000
140 x 104
800
1126
1250
140 x 124
1000
1408
1600
140 x 164
1250
1760
2000
140 x 204
1600
2253
2500
140 x 244
2000
2816
3200
140 x 324
2500
3520
4000
140 x 404
Note: if, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance requirements, you
have to use a rating other than those defined in the above tables, consult us.
Protective cover width

230
1600 to 2500
350
3000 to 4000
510
Vertical incomer
Horizontal incomer
DD202422
DD202421
Recommended configurations for shortcircuit withstand

(connection plate L = 400 mm)
Dimensions "Y" of the feed
1000 to 1250
226
version: 1.1
K9AE44000.indd
Phase order
With connection plates

with kink to be drilled
DD202424n
DD202423n
With connection plates

with kink and bar clamp
With drilled connection

plates (KTB0000YC4) or
braids
DD202425n
Several connection possibilities
DD206034
DD206032
DD206033
If the phase order of the busbar trunking is different to that of the switchboards
busbars, it is recommended a phase inversion is carried out in the switchboard. If
this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
For more information, see the "Description" section, page 51 and "Catalogue
numbers and dimensions" section, page 71.
KTAppppTNp10
KTAppppTPp10
K9AE44000.indd
version: 1.1
227
Installation guide

transformers
By feed with connection plates or braids

Canalis KTA
The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
Busbar trunking rating
(A) Connection plates per phase
Number
Cross-section (mm2)
1000
1600
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
DD202426
Connection
plates
2000 to 2500
3200
4000
1000 to 1600
DD206035
Busbar trunking
rating
(A)
DD206040
1000
DD206039
1250
DD206038
1000
DD206037
DD210764
Definition of connection plates
600
1250
1200
1600
1200
2000
1200
2500
1800
3200
1800
4000
2400
Braids
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
228
DD206044
DD206043
Cross-section (mm2)
1000
DD206042
The number of braids is defined in the table below:

Busbar trunking rating (A) Braids per phase
Number
DD206041
DD206036
Definition of braids
1000
1250 to 2000
2500 to 3200
4000
version: 1.1
K9AE44000.indd
Horizontal incomer
Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors

type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
800 to 1250
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
310 to 800
1600 to 2500
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
430 to 800
3200 to 4000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
590 to 800
DD206045
KTBppppCR1
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR7 for horizontal incomer feed connectors with a

between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
X
800 to 1250
230
565
450
830
750
330
125
365
1600 to 2500
350
825
650
890
810
350
265
485
3200 to 4000
510
905
650
960
880
460
185
645
DD206046
KTBppppCR7
Vertical incomer

Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
G
Z
800 to 1250
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
1600 to 2500
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
3200 to 4000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
DD202322
KTBppppCR2
K9AE44000.indd
version: 1.1
229
Installation guide

transformers
By feed with connection plates or braids

Canalis KTA
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer feed connectors with a
between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
A
800 to 1250
230
600
830
750
345
330
1600 to 2500
350
600
890
810
460
350
3200 to 4000
510
600
960
880
625
460
DD206047
KTBppppCR8
Flexible cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer straight outlet feed

connectors with a between centres distance of 115 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
C
800 to 1250
230
200 to 650
1600 to 2500
350
200 to 650
3200 to 4000
510
200 to 650
DD202319
KTBppppCS0
230
version: 1.1
K9AE44000.indd

Connection to bar bushings
DD210955
Canalis KT is easily connected to Minera oil immersed transformers (France

Transfo offer).
For more details of drilling dimensions for the bushings and the connection
terminals, refer to the manufacturers catalogue.
Connections to Minera ground mounted oil immersed transformers

from 630 to 3150 kVA - y 24 kV/400 V
Bar bushings (A)
1250
1250
2500
DD202429
1600
DD202428
800
1000
2500
5000
DD202431
3150
DD202430
1600
2000
3150
K9AE44000.indd
Dimensions (mm)
DD202427
Power (kVA)
630
version: 1.1
231
Installation guide

transformers
Canalis KTA
Connection to porcelain bushings
DD210956
Connection terminals of the type defined below must be used. These are available
in the transformer manufacturers catalogues.
Cover
DD210957
The transformers can be supplied with or without a low voltage cover. This cover is
not used in our solutions.
232
version: 1.1
K9AE44000.indd
Contents
Recommandations
Index
Introduction
Design guide
3
19
37
65
135
173
Reception, handling and storage
234
Maintenance
236
Recycling
237
Run sections
DEBU021EN_Recommandations.
indd
236
version: 1.1
233
Recommendations
Reception, handling and storage
Canalis KTA
This document contains practical information, lays out the general
recommendations (as a complement to the installation regulations) and specifies
the basic instructions that must be respected when handling and storing Schneider
Electric Canalis busbar trunking system.
The purchasers engineering, installation and operating staff must become
acquainted with this document and become familiar with the appearance and
characteristics of each of the Canalis busbar trunking systems components.
Appropriate planning and coordination between the different job functions is
indispensable for ensuring an efficient installation of the equipment.
Each Canalis busbar trunking system is carefully inspected and packaged at the
assembly plant.
The entire system is checked both structurally and electrically.
At the end of inspection, the busbar trunking system is prepared for shipping.
Each section is packed to guarantee easy handling before its installation.
The catalogue number is written on each shipping unit.
Warning
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION
b Protect the equipment against all contact with water, salt, concrete and other
corrosive surroundings both before and during installation.
b Outdoor equipment is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully and
correctly installed.
b Do not sit or walk on the equipment.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate leading to a
risk of serious or mortal injury.
Reception
Upon reception, check the information on the shipping note corresponds to the
equipment received to ensure all of the order has been received and shipped.
Complaints concerning missing components or other errors must be sent in
writing to Schneider Electric SAS within 30 days from the date the shipping item
was received. If no complaint has been received within 30 days from the date the
shipping item was received, Schneider Electric SAS will no longer be responsible
for repairs or replacements that may be required.
Upon reception, check the various units of the busbar trunking system immediately
to identify any damage that has occurred during transport.
If there is observed or suspected damage, file a claim immediately with the carrier
and inform the nearest Schneider Electric office.
Handling
Handle Canalis products with the greatest of care to avoid damaging the internal
components of the system and to avoid changing the external appearance of the
various parts, as well as the bar ends (connection terminals).
The busbar trunking must be constantly supported by independent means, in
such a way its weight is not resting on the top of the transformers or distribution
switchboards.
The distance between these support means must not exceed 3 metres.
Avoid exposing the busbar trunking to twisting, embossing or impacts, and all other
actions likely to causing damage.
Ensure the handling equipment available at the site of installation is suitable for
handling busbar trunking. In particular, check the lifting capacity of the crane or the
other lifting equipment to be used.
234
version: 1.1
K9AE51000.indd
Take great care when unpacking the equipment:

b use a nail-head puller when unpacking wooden crates
b if hauling the busbar trunking with a crane, use Nylon slings to spread the weight
of the unit being lifted
b if using cables, insert a spacing means to avoid damaging the busbar trunking
b if using a forklift truck, position the busbar trunking on the forks in such a way the
weight is evenly distributed.
1 - Cut the strapping holding the packaging case using suitable cutting tools.
2 - Use suitable tools to remove the strengthened steel packaging at each end of
the busbar trunking.
Take care not to damage the steel box so as not to damage the busbar trunking.
Avoid the use of objects with sharp edges when lifting the busbar trunking.
3 - Dispose of all used packaging in an appropriate way.
Never drag the busbar trunking along the floor. Do not use the end bars to lift
sections of the busbar trunking.
Protection against humidity during

storage
If the busbar trunking is not installed and commissioned immediately, leave it in

the original Canalis packaging and store it in a clean and dry place at a uniform
temperature.
The busbar trunking must not be stored outside. However, if outside storage
is necessary, cover the busbar trunking in such a way as to protect it from bad
weather and to avoid contact with the elements.
Temporary electrical heating must be provided for underneath the covering means
to prevent condensation.
The supplied heat must be of suitable temperature and uniformly distributed
underneath the covering means.
Outdoor busbar trunking is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully
and correctly installed.
During installation, take particular care to protect rising mains from humidity arising
from unfinished roofs, walls and other similar elements.
K9AE51000.indd
version: 1.1
235
Recommendations
Maintenance
Run sections
Canalis KTA
Danger
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION

The installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment must only be
carried out by qualified electrical maintenance staff. This document must not be
considered as being a sufficient means for allowing non-qualified staff to undertake
the operation and maintenance of the equipment.
b Cut the electrical supply to the busbar trunking before installing, removing or
working on the equipment.
b Always use a suitable nominal voltage detection means to confirm the supply
has been cut.
b Effective use of the equipment requires the implementation of appropriate
handling, installation, functioning and maintenance operations.
If these instructions are not respected, there is a risk of serious injury or
death.
Warning
RISK OF DAMAGING THE EQUIPMENT

Hydrocarbon aerosols and aerosols using a hydrocarbon base may cause the
deterioration of certain plastics.
Before using certain products to clean, dry or lubricate the different components
during installation or maintenance, consult your nearest Schneider Electric SAS
office.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate
leading to a risk of serious injury or death.
Run sections
Canalis prefabricated busbar trunking is designed to operate maintenance-free.

Nevertheless, as for all screw-type connections, it is advised to check tightness
one year after installation and then run checks at longer intervals.
The tightening of the terminal blocks is made with a torque wrench:
value of 6 daN.m 10 %.
Bolt
HM 16
HM 14
HM 12
HM 10
Tightening torque
16 mdaN
12 mdaN
7 mdaN
5 mdaN
If one of the joints or terminals is highly discoloured, corroded or pitted, or shows

signs it has been exposed to high temperatures, the material concerned must be
replaced with new factory mounted material. Consult your local Schneider Electric
office for all replacements:
b ensure all mechanisms are in good working order.
Lubricate the moving parts of the various mechanisms if necessary. Similarly,
remove all excess lubrication to avoid undesirable foreign bodies from gathering,
b check the insulation resistance before re-energising the busbar trunking.
It is recommended that resistance measurements are recorded. If these values
decrease significantly over time, it means deterioration is underway.
Carry out an insulation resistance test in compliance with the instructions given in
the "Testing and comissioning procedure" section.
Re-energise the equipment in accordance with the instructions given in the "Testing
and comissioning procedure" section.
236
version: 1.1
K9AE52000.indd
Recycling
After having performed all the necessary inspections and repairs mentioned above,
it may be desirable to carry out infrared temperature measurements on all the
electrical connections. This operation must be done once the busbar trunking has
been re-energised and reached a stabilized temperature.
Responsibility
Schneider Electric declines all responsibility for maintenance carried out in a
non-compliant way with respect to specifications or installation regulations, for
inappropriate storage conditions, for inappropriate product environments (chemical
and ambient conditions, atmospheric conditions, etc.), for the incorrect use of the
products, and for the non-respect of installation and/or connection procedures.
Distribution tap-off units
Contact between busbar trunking and tap-off boxes.
Busbar trunking contacts consist of sprung silver plated contact jaws to ensure
optimum contact quality. The contacts do not use plastic for their support or
transmission of force.
They are connected to the live conductors of the run at the tap-off point. Silverplated copper conductors are used at the place of contact.
These devices are maintenance-free.
Cable connection
Cable connection of the feeders are via terminals or lugs.

As with all screw connections, it is recommended that tightening torque be checked
one year after installation and then to space-out the checks.
Protection switchgear
For all devices fitted in Canalis tap-off units, the manufacturers recommendations
must be complied with.
Checking appearance
It is recommended the external cleanliness of the tap-off units be checked yearly

to remove dust, water and oil deposits, and all other conductive bodies from the
sensitive zones.
Check for signs of shock which may affect the protection degree.
Recycling busbar trunking
Canalis busbar trunking can be reused. Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a
long service life and can easily be dismantled, cleaned and reused.
DD205673_r
All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable polyethylene

film).
All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling. PVC, on the other
hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric acid produced using lime and
generates dioxins that are extremely toxic.
Canalis helps conserve natural resources
Example:
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste.
K9AE52000.indd
The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our ongoing
concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to make our
busbar trunking.
b Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our products to meet
future European directives.
b Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
b Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance: less energy
released during combustion, thereby limiting propagation and facilitating extinction
(lower calorific value).
version: 1.1
237
35, rue Joseph Monier

CS30323
F - 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776
www.schneider-electric.com
DEBU021EN
As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation
of the information given in this document.
This document has been printed on ecological paper
Design: Schneider Electric
Photos: Schneider Electric
Printing:
03-2011
ART960132 2011 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

Canalis KTA 800-4000A - 2011 - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Canalis KTA 800-4000A - 2011 - EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canalis KTA 800-4000A - 2011 - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low voltage

Presentation and description

Design and installation guide

Index of catalogue numbers

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CONNECTION SUPPORT, 115 MM BETWEEN 79

CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 3P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION, 3200 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 3200 A, NW, 4P

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT

CANALIS CONNECTION, 4000 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 4000 A, NW, 4P

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 100 127

CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

KH016CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79

CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79

KH018CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR NW

CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR NW

KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N1

KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N2

KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N1

KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N2

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 250 T2

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 250 T2

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX250

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX250

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 250 127

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES 250

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 250

CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH025SE

CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

KH026CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD